UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the
fiscal year ended: December 31,
2020
000-27205
(Commission
File No.)
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
(Exact
Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
North
Carolina
(State
or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)
|
56-2132396
(IRS
Employer Identification No.)
|
518
West C Street, Newton, North Carolina
|
28658
|
(Address
of Principal Executive Offices)
|
(Zip
Code)
|
(828) 464-5620
(Registrant’s
Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities
Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities
Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, no par value
(title
of class)
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as
defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was required to file such
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to submit and post such files).
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer,
an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of
“large accelerated filer”, “accelerated
filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and
“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act.
Large
accelerated filer
|
☐
|
Accelerated
filer
|
☐
|
Non-accelerated
filer
|
☒
|
Smaller
reporting company
|
☒
|
|
|
Emerging
growth company
|
☐
|
If an
emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant
has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying
with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided
pursuant to Section 13 (a) ☐
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and
attestation to its management’s assessment of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting
under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b))
by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued
its audit report. ☐
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
State
the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common
equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at
which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked
price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the
registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
$77,592,691 based on the closing price of such common stock on June
30, 2020, which was $17.67 per share.
Indicate
the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable
date.
5,787,504 shares of common stock, outstanding at February 28,
2021.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions
of the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. for
the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Annual Report”),
which will be included as Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the
2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, are incorporated by reference
into Part II and included as Exhibit 13 to this Form
10-K.
Portions
of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021
Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Peoples Bancorp of North
Carolina, Inc. to be held on May 6, 2021 (the “Proxy
Statement”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, are
incorporated by reference into Part III. The Proxy Statement will
be filed on or before April 30, 2021.
This report contains certain forward-looking statements with
respect to the financial condition, results of operations and
business of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the
“Company”). These forward-looking statements involve
risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and
assumptions of management of the Company and on the information
available to management at the time that these disclosures were
prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words
like “expect,” “anticipate,”
“estimate” and “believe,” variations of
these words and other similar expressions. Readers should not place
undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of
important factors could cause actual results to differ materially
from those in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not
limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by Peoples Bank,
(2) changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national,
regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than
expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in
credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of
loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in
accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and
state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact
of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and
regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the
Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any
forward-looking statements.
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
FORM 10-K CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
|
2020 Form 10-K
|
|
Notice of 2021 Annual Meeting, Proxy Statement and Annual
Report
|
|
Page
|
|
Page
|
PART I
|
|
|
|
Item 1 - Business
|
4 - 15
|
|
N/A
|
Item 1A - Risk Factors
|
15 - 26
|
|
N/A
|
Item 1B - Unresolved Staff Comments
|
27
|
|
N/A
|
Item 2 - Properties
|
27
|
|
N/A
|
Item 3 - Legal Proceedings
|
28
|
|
N/A
|
Item 4 - Mine Safety Disclosures
|
28
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
PART II
|
|
|
|
Item 5 - Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related
Stockholder
|
|
|
|
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
28 - 30
|
|
N/A
|
Item 6 - Selected Financial Data
|
30
|
|
A-3
|
Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations
|
31
|
|
A-4 - A-25
|
Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk
|
31
|
|
A-24- A-25
|
Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
31
|
|
A-26 - A-71
|
Item 9 - Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting
|
|
|
|
and Financial Disclosure
|
31
|
|
N/A
|
Item 9A - Controls and Procedures
|
31- 32
|
|
N/A
|
Item 9B - Other Information
|
32
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
PART III
|
|
|
|
Item 10 - Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate
Governance
|
32
|
|
15 and A-72
|
Item 11 - Executive Compensation
|
32
|
|
17- 27
|
Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management
|
|
|
|
and Related Stockholder Matters
|
33
|
|
8-10
|
Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions
|
|
|
|
and Director Independence
|
33
|
|
10 and 29
|
Item 14 - Principal Accountant Fees and Services
|
33
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
PART IV
|
|
|
|
Item 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
|
34 - 37
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures
|
38
|
|
N/A
|
PART I
ITEM
1. BUSINESS
General Business
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”), was formed
in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the
“Bank”). Bancorp is a bank holding company registered
with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the
“Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act
of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). Bancorp’s
principal source of income is dividends declared and paid by the
Bank on its capital stock, if any. Bancorp has no operations and
conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank.
Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows concerns
the business conducted by the Bank, unless otherwise indicated.
Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with the
Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries are collectively called the
“Company”, “we”, “our” or
“us” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our principal
executive offices are located at 518 West C Street, Newtown, North
Carolina, 28658, and our telephone number is (828)
464-5620.
The
Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving
the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and
surrounding communities through 18 banking offices, as of December
31, 2020, located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover,
Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Cornelius,
Mooresville, Raleigh, and Cary, North Carolina. The Bank also
operates loan production offices in Charlotte and Denver, North
Carolina. The Company’s fiscal year ends December 31. At
December 31, 2020, the Company had total assets of $1.4 billion,
net loans of $938.7 million, deposits of $1.2 billion, total
securities of $249.4 million, and shareholders’ equity of
$139.9 million.
The
Bank operates three banking offices focused on the Latino
population that were formerly operated as a division of the Bank
under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”). These
offices are now branded as Bank branches and considered a separate
market territory of the Bank as they offer normal and customary
banking services as are offered in the Bank’s other branches
such as the taking of deposits and the making of
loans.
The
Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and
few agricultural loans. Real estate loans are predominately
variable rate and fixed rate commercial property loans, which
include residential development loans to commercial customers.
Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with
no one particular industry or group of related industries
accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan
portfolio. The majority of the Bank’s deposit and loan
customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses
located in the Bank’s market area. The Bank’s loan
portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number
(ITIN) mortgage loans generated through the Bank’s Banco
offices. Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan portfolio
and sources of funds for loans can be found in
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through
A-25 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as
Exhibit (13).
The
operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are
significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by
related monetary and fiscal policies of depository institution
regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the
North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the
“Commissioner”).
At
December 31, 2020, the Company employed 290 full-time employees and
27 part-time employees, which equated to 307 full-time equivalent
employees.
Subsidiaries
The
Bank is a subsidiary of the Company. At December 31, 2020, the Bank
had four subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., Real
Estate Advisory Services, Inc., Community Bank Real Estate
Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and PB Real Estate Holdings,
LLC. Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services,
Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank’s
customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit
investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax
deferred annuities, and related brokerage services. Real Estate
Advisory Services, Inc. provides real estate appraisal and real
estate brokerage services. CBRES serves as a
“clearing-house” for appraisal services for community
banks. Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and
engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the
property to be appraised is located. This type of service ensures
that the appraisal process remains independent from the financing
process within the Bank. PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC acquires,
manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and other
assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts
previously contracted. In 2019, the Company launched PB Insurance
Agency, which is part of CBRES.
In June
2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust,
PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued
$20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the
Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.
All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the
Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities
and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to
purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the
Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus
163 basis points. The proceeds received by the Company from the
sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used in December
2006 to repay the trust preferred securities issued in December
2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust
of the Company, and for general purposes. The debentures represent
the sole asset of PEBK Trust II. PEBK Trust II is not included in
the consolidated financial statements. The Company redeemed $5.0
million of outstanding trust preferred securities in
2019.
The
trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay
quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis
points. The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments
due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II
does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other
payments. The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities
transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the
distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred
securities.
These
trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity
of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as
provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the
debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which
became effective on June 28, 2011. As specified in the indenture,
if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption
price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid
interest.
Market Area and
Competition
The
Bank’s primary market consists of the communities in an
approximate 50-mile radius around its headquarters office in
Newton, North Carolina. This area includes Catawba County,
Alexander County, Lincoln County, Iredell County and portions of
northeast Gaston County, North Carolina. The Bank is located only
40 miles north of Charlotte, North Carolina, and the Bank’s
primary market area is and will continue to be significantly
affected by its close proximity to this major metropolitan
area.
Employment in the
Bank’s primary market area is diversified among
manufacturing, retail and wholesale trade, technology, services and
utilities. Catawba County’s largest employers include Catawba
County Schools, Frye Regional Medical Center, Catawba Valley
Medical Center, Merchant Distributors, Inc. (wholesale food
distributor), Catawba County, CommScope, Inc. (manufacturer of
fiber optic cable and accessories), Corning Optical Communications
(manufacturer of fiber optic cable and accessories), Ethan Allen
(furniture manufacturer), HSM (manufacturing) and Advance Pierre
Foods (restaurants and bakeries). Lincoln County’s largest
employers include Lincoln County Schools, County of Lincoln, Atrium
Health Lincoln, RSI Home Products (manufacturing), Wal-Mart
Associates Inc., The Timken Company (manufacturing), Julius Blum
Inc. (manufacturing), Lowes Home Centers Inc., Cataler North
America (manufacturing) and Congruity HR (professional &
business services).
The
Bank has operated in the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina
for over 100 years and is the only financial institution
headquartered in Newton, North Carolina. Nevertheless, the Bank
faces strong competition both in attracting deposits and making
loans. Its most direct competition for deposits has historically
come from other commercial banks, credit unions and brokerage firms
located in its primary market area, including large financial
institutions. One national money center commercial bank is
headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina. Based upon June 30,
2020 comparative data, the Bank had 20.32% of the deposits in
Catawba County, placing it second in deposit size among a total of
11 banks with branch offices in Catawba County; 16.20% of the
deposits in Lincoln County, placing it second in deposit size among
a total of ten banks with branch offices in Lincoln County; and
14.01% of the deposits in Alexander County, placing it fourth in
deposit size among a total of six banks with branch offices in
Alexander County.
The
Bank also faces additional significant competition for
investors’ funds from short-term money market securities and
other corporate and government securities. The Bank’s core
deposit base has grown principally due to economic growth in the
Bank’s market area coupled with the implementation of new and
competitive deposit products. The ability of the Bank to attract
and retain deposits depends on its ability to generally provide a
rate of return, liquidity and risk comparable to that offered by
competing investment opportunities.
The
Bank experiences strong competition for loans from commercial banks
and mortgage banking companies. The Bank competes for loans
primarily through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and
the efficiency and quality of services it provides to borrowers.
Competition is increasing as a result of the continuing reduction
of restrictions on the interstate operations of financial
institutions.
Lending Policies and Procedures
Our
lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting
standards and loan origination procedures established by the Board
of Directors of the Bank. The loan approval process is intended to
assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value
of the collateral that will secure the loan. To assess the
borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s
employment, credit history, and other information on the historical
and projected income and expenses of the borrower.
The objectives of our
lending program are to: (i) establish a sound asset structure; (ii)
provide a sound and profitable loan portfolio to (a) protect the
depositor’s funds and (b) maximize the shareholders’
return on their investment; (iii) promote the stable economic
growth and development of the market area served by the Bank; and
(iv) comply with all regulatory agency requirements and applicable
law.
The
Bank’s legal lending limit is set by state statutes and is
monitored by the FDIC and the Commissioner. Legal lending authority
is held by the Board of Directors. The legal lending limit may not
exceed 15% of the Bank's capital or, if greater, the percentage
permitted for national banks, if loans are not fully secured by
readily marketable collateral having a market value, as determined
by reliable and continuously available price quotations, at least
equal to the aggregate outstanding loan amount or up to 10% of the
Bank's capital or, if greater the percentage permitted for national
banks, if loans are fully secured (as described above) by readily
marketable collateral. The underwriting standards and loan
origination procedures include officer lending limits, which are
approved by the Board of Directors. The President/Chief Executive
Officer of the Bank has loan authority of up to the legal lending
limit of the Bank. The individual secured/unsecured lending
authority of the Chief Credit Officer/Executive Vice President is
set at $4 million.
It is
the policy of the Bank to ensure that its Board of Directors is
fully apprised of the status and critical factors affecting the
quality and performance of the loan portfolio. These factors
include, but are not limited to: (1) credit underwriting policies
and procedures; (2) results of loan reviews and loan audits; and,
(3) Credit concentrations (single borrowers and specific
industries).
Management
provides the Bank's Board of Directors with the loan portfolio
information as described below:
Monthly:
The
following reports are submitted to the Board of Directors for
review and approval on a monthly basis:
●
Loan Quality/Yield/Growth/Trend Report
●
Risk Grade Report with Details of Loans Risk Graded
5-8
●
Commercial Loan Delinquency
●
New Loans - $250,000 and Greater
●
Comparison on New Loans in Prior Month with Same Month in Prior
Year
●
Outstanding Commitments - $250,000 and greater
●
Commitment Pipeline Report – Outstanding commitments of
$2,000,000 and greater (pending final approval and/or acceptance by
the applicant)
●
Underwriting Exception Report (Commercial, and Consumer and
Mortgage)
●
Documentation Exception Report (Commercial and
Consumer)
Quarterly:
The
following reports are submitted to the Board of Directors for
review and approval on a quarterly basis:
●
Real Estate Secured Loans with Non-Conforming Loan-To-Value
Ratio
●
Status of Other Real Estate Owned
●
Nonaccrual
●
Impaired Loan Report
●
Letters of Credit Outstanding
●
Portfolio Status Report - Detailed analytical report summarizing
the composition of the bank's loan portfolio
●
Portfolio Stress Tests
●
Mortgage Report (see Mortgage Policy for complete list of
reports)
●
Documentation Exception Quarterly Trend Report
● Matured Home Equity Loan
Report
Semi-annually:
The
following reports are submitted to the Board of Directors for
review and approval on a semi-annual basis:
●
Participation Status Report
Annually:
On an
annual basis, the Board of Directors:
●
Reviews and approves the Bank’s credit underwriting policies
and procedures
●
Reviews findings of the annual independent loan review of borrowing
relationships of $1,000,000 and greater as well as a sample of
commercial relationships with exposures below $1.0 million prepared
by an independent loan review company engaged by the
Bank
●
Receives information from management detailing all new committed
borrowing relationships exceeding $3,000,000 and is informed during
the year if a borrowing relationship exceeds
$2,500,000
Investment Policies and Procedures
The
Bank’s investment policy is designed to provide flexibility
as necessary to maintain satisfactory liquidity while maximizing
earnings on funds available for investment. The Bank maintains an
investment portfolio of high-quality investment securities that is
managed in a manner consistent with safe and sound banking
practices. The characteristics and financial goals of the
investment portfolio are complementary to the Bank’s broader
business strategies and congruent with the Bank’s capital
policies, technical expertise, and risk tolerances.
The
Bank’s specific investment objectives are as
follows:
A.
Provide Earnings – Maximize the total return on invested
funds in a manner that is consistent with the Bank’s overall
financial goals and risk considerations. This objective is
fulfilled by investing in, holding, and divesting from individual
securities that, when considered in combination, contribute to a
superior risk/reward for the total portfolio.
B.
Provide Liquidity – Remain sufficiently liquid to meet
anticipated funding demands either through declines in deposits
and/or increases in loan demand. The Bank makes investments that
are marketable and capable of being converted to cash at their
market values in a relatively short period of time.
C.
Mitigate Interest Rate Risk – Utilize portfolio strategies to
assist the Bank in managing its overall interest rate sensitivity
position in accordance with the goals and objectives approved by
the Asset/Liability Management Committee ("ALCO") of the
Bank.
D.
Ensure the Safety of Principal –At all times, the safety of
principal is a primary consideration. Upon purchase, the
Bank’s investments are limited to investment-grade
instruments that fully comply with all applicable regulatory
guidelines and limitations.
E.
Manage Tax Liabilities – Conduct portfolio management in
light of the Bank's current and projected tax position in order to
improve overall profitability by reducing the Bank's tax exposure
to its minimum permissible level.
F. Meet
Pledging Requirements – Provide collateral for various
deposit and funding products such as public funds, trust deposits,
repurchase agreements and FHLB borrowings.
The
Board of Directors reviews and approves the Bank’s Investment
Policy annually or more frequently, if appropriate. All investment
portfolio activities are reported to the ALCO and the Board of
Directors. The Board of Directors oversees the establishment of
appropriate systems and internal controls designed to keep
portfolio strategies and holdings consistent with the overall
strategies of the Bank.
The
Board of Directors designates a Primary Investment Officer who is
directed to implement the Investment Policy of the Bank in a safe
and sound manner. The Primary Investment Officer of the Bank is
charged with the responsibility to actively manage the Bank's
investment portfolio, as previously defined, in conformity with the
preceding objectives and the following investment criteria. Such
responsibility includes the purchase and/or disposition of any
holding within the investment portfolio up to $8 million and the
ability to establish accounts with other depository institutions or
investment firms as needed to process investment activity approved
under this policy. Any activity over $8 million and less than 20%
of capital as defined by accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America ("GAAP") must be approved by a
majority of the ALCO. Transactions exceeding 20% of GAAP capital
must be approved by the Board of Directors. Also, any sale of
securities that will result in a gain of more than $500,000 or a
loss before income taxes exceeding the lesser of $250,000 or 2.5%
of the current year’s projected net income must be approved
by the Board of Directors. The Investment Officer may designate
certain investment functions to other officers of the Bank and may
also seek outside sources for investment advice or periodic
appraisals of the portfolio. The Executive Vice President/Chief
Financial Officer serves as the Primary Investment Officer unless
otherwise designated by the Board of Directors.
Human Capital Management
At December
31, 2020, the Company employed 290 full-time employees and 27
part-time employees, which equated to 307 full-time equivalent
employees. We are not a party to any collective bargaining
agreements, and we consider our employee relations to be
good.
Oversight of our corporate
culture is an important element of our Board of Director’s
oversight of risk because our people are critical to the success of
our corporate strategy. Our Board of Directors sets the “tone
at the top,” and holds senior management accountable for
embodying, maintaining, and communicating our culture to employees.
Our culture is guided by our guiding principles below:
Our Core Values
●
Employees –
We are informed, encouraged, and committed
●
Integrity –
We are fair and truthful
●
Exceptional
Customer Service – We surpass our customers’
expectation
●
Accountability
– We are accountable for our own actions and bank
goals.
●
Progressive and
Positive – We see change as an opportunity
Our Bank Promise, Vision, and Mission
We are committed
to fostering, cultivating, and preserving a culture of diversity
and inclusion. We are working to cultivate our leaders and shape
future talent pools to help us meet the needs of our customers now
and in the future. Our human capital is the most valuable asset we
have. The collective sum of the individual differences, life
experiences, knowledge, inventiveness, innovation, self-expression,
unique capabilities, and talent that our employees invest in their
work represents a significant part of not only our culture but our
reputation and our achievement as well. We embrace our
employee’s differences. in age, color, disability, ethnicity,
family or marital status, gender identity or expression, language,
national origin, physical and mental ability, political
affiliation, race, religion, sexual orientation, socio-economic
status, veteran status, and other characteristics that make our
employees unique.
By emphasizing a
consistent set of principles that all employees follow, we believe
that our employees work experience is more satisfying, and they are
better able to serve their customers consistently and at a high
level.
Our employees are key
to our success as an organization. We are committed to attracting,
retaining and promoting top quality talent regardless of sex,
sexual orientation, gender identity, race, color, national origin,
age, religion and physical ability. We strive to identify and
select the best candidates for all open positions based on
qualifying factors for each job. We are dedicated to providing a
workplace for our employees that is inclusive, supportive, and free
of any form of discrimination or harassment; rewarding and
recognizing our employees based on their individual results and
performance; and recognizing and respecting all of the
characteristics and differences that make each of our employees
unique.
Employees have annual
assignments related to “valuing differences” and
diversity training is an integrated part of our leadership training
as well. We recently expanded our Diversity, Equity & Inclusion
(“DEI”) course library to support our ongoing culture
sustainability program development. We launched our
“Courageous Conversations” initiative in 2020, a
program we will continue to build on annually. We are an active
member of the North Carolina Bankers Association DEI Council doing
work to expand DEI programming and other resources for community
banks.
We also seek to design
careers with our organization that are fulfilling ones, with
competitive compensation and benefits alongside a positive
work-life balance. We dedicate resources to fostering professional
and personal growth with continuing education, on-the-job training
and development programs. We have worked closely with our employees
during the COVID-19 pandemic to ensure their safety and their
ability to take care of their family. Health safety protocols were
established, remote work arrangements were facilitated and
considerations were provided for family needs, such as child care,
all without any employee layoffs or furloughs.
Supervision and Regulation
Bank
holding companies and commercial banks are extensively regulated
under both federal and state law. The following is a brief summary
of certain statutes and rules and regulations that affect or will
affect the Company, the Bank and their subsidiaries. This summary
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statute
and regulatory provisions referred to below and is not intended to
be an exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations
applicable to the business of the Company, the Bank and their
subsidiaries. Supervision, regulation and examination of the
Company and the Bank by the regulatory agencies are intended
primarily for the protection of depositors rather than shareholders
of the Company. Statutes and regulations which contain wide-ranging
proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive
relationship of financial institutions are introduced regularly.
The Company cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed
statute or regulation will be adopted or the extent to which the
business of the Company and the Bank may be affected by such
statute or regulation.
General. There are a number of obligations and
restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their depository
institution subsidiaries by law and regulatory policy that are
designed to minimize potential loss to the depositors of such
depository institutions and the FDIC insurance funds in the event
the depository institution becomes in danger of default or in
default. For example, to mitigate the risk of failure, bank holding
companies are required to guarantee the compliance of any insured
depository institution subsidiary that may become
“undercapitalized” with the terms of the capital
restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate
federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to
5% of the bank’s total assets at the time the bank became
undercapitalized or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would
have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all
capital standards as of the time the bank fails to comply with such
capital restoration plan. The Company, as a registered bank holding
company, is subject to the regulation of the Federal Reserve. Under
a policy of the Federal Reserve with respect to bank holding
company operations, a bank holding company is required to serve as
a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository
institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions
in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy. The
Federal Reserve under the BHCA also has the authority to require a
bank holding company to terminate any activity or to relinquish
control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of
a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such
activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial
soundness and stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding
company.
In
addition, insured depository institutions under common control are
required to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered by its deposit
insurance funds as a result of the default of a commonly controlled
insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by
the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in
danger of default. The FDIC may decline to enforce the
cross-guarantee provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the
best interest of the deposit insurance funds. The FDIC’s
claim for damages is superior to claims of stockholders of the
insured depository institution or its holding company but is
subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders
of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly
controlled insured depository institutions.
As a
result of the Company’s ownership of the Bank, the Company is
also registered under the bank holding company laws of North
Carolina. Accordingly, the Company is also subject to regulation
and supervision by the Commissioner.
Dodd-Frank Wall Street
Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank
Act”) and the Economic Growth,
Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the “Economic
Growth Act”). On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank
Act became law. The
Dodd-Frank Act has had and will continue to have a broad impact on
the financial services industry, including significant regulatory
and compliance changes including, among other things,
●
enhanced authority
over troubled and failing banks and their holding
companies;
●
increased capital
and liquidity requirements;
●
increased
regulatory examination fees; and
●
specific provisions
designed to improve supervision and safety and soundness by
imposing restrictions and limitations on the scope and type of
banking and financial activities.
In May
2018, the Economic Growth Act, was enacted to modify or remove
certain financial reform rules and regulations, including some of
those implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act. While the Economic
Growth Act maintains most of the regulatory structure established
by the Dodd-Frank Act, it amends certain aspects of the regulatory
framework for small depository institutions with assets less than
$10 billion and for large banks with assets of more than $50
billion.
The
Economic Growth Act, among other matters, expands the definition of
qualified mortgages which may be held by a financial institution
and provides for an alternative capital rule which financial
institutions and their holding companies with total consolidated
assets of less than $10 billion may elect to utilize. The Economic
Growth Act instructed the federal banking regulators to establish a
single “Community Bank Leverage Ratio” of between 8%
and 10%, which has been proposed to be 9% by the federal
regulators. The Community Bank Leverage Ratio provides for a
simpler calculation of a bank’s capital ratio than the Basel
III provisions currently in place (see below). Any qualifying
depository institution or its holding company that exceeds the
Community Bank Leverage Ratio will be considered to have met
generally applicable leverage and risk-based regulatory capital
requirements and any qualifying depository institution that exceeds
the new ratio will be considered to be “well
capitalized” under the prompt corrective action rules. In
addition, the Economic Growth Act includes regulatory relief for
community banks of certain sizes regarding regulatory examination
cycles, call reports, the Volcker Rule (proprietary trading
prohibitions), mortgage disclosures and risk weights for certain
high-risk commercial real estate loans. We continue to evaluate the
impact that the rules issued thus far under the Economic Growth Act
will have on the Bank, but we currently do not believe that it will
be significant. At this time, we do not expect to opt-in to the
ability to utilize the Community Bank Leverage Ratio and will
instead continue to use the Basel III standards (see discussion on
Basel III standards under the heading “Capital
Adequacy” below.
It is
difficult at this time to predict when or how any new standards
under the Economic Growth Act will ultimately be applied to, or
what specific impact the Economic Growth Act and the
yet-to-be-written implementing rules and regulations will have on
us.
Capital
Adequacy. At
December 31, 2020, the Bank exceeded each of its capital
requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 10.04%, common
equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 14.85%, Tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio of 14.85% and total risk-based capital ratio of
15.85%. At December 31, 2020, the Company also exceeded each of its
capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of
10.24%, common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 13.56%,
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.07% and total risk-based
capital ratio of 16.07%.
On July
2, 2013, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule that establishes
an integrated regulatory capital framework that addresses
shortcomings in certain capital requirements. The rule, which
became effective on January 1, 2015, implements in the United
States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by
the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule:
●
established a new
minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (common
equity Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) of 4.5% and
increased the minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio from 4.0% to
6.0%, while maintaining the minimum total risk-based capital ratio
of 8.0% and the minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of
4.0%;
●
revised the rules
for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance their risk
sensitivity;
●
phased out trust
preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock as
Tier 1 capital;
●
added a requirement
to maintain a minimum conservation buffer, composed of common
equity Tier 1 capital, of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, to be
applied to the new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio,
the Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and the Total risk-based
capital ratio, which means that banking organizations, on a fully
phased in basis no later than January 1, 2019, must maintain a
minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0%, a
minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5% and a minimum Total
risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%; and
●
changed the
definitions of capital categories for insured depository
institutions for purposes of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 prompt corrective action
provisions. Under these revised definitions, to be considered
well-capitalized, an insured depository institution must have a
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a common equity
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0% and a total risk-based
capital ratio of at least 10.0%.
The new
minimum regulatory capital ratios and changes to the calculation of
risk-weighted assets became effective for the Bank and the Company
on January 1, 2015. The required minimum conservation buffer was
phased in incrementally, starting at 0.625% on January 1, 2016 and
increased to 1.25% on January 1, 2017, 1.875% on January 1, 2018,
and 2.5% on January 1, 2019.
The
final rule established common equity Tier 1 capital as a new
capital component. Common equity Tier 1 capital consists of common
stock instruments that meet the eligibility criteria in the final
rule, retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive
income/loss and common equity Tier 1 minority interest. As a
result, Tier 1 capital has two components: common equity Tier 1
capital and additional Tier 1 capital. The final rule also revised
the eligibility criteria for inclusion in additional Tier 1 and
Tier 2 capital. As a result of these changes, certain
non-qualifying capital instruments, including cumulative preferred
stock and trust preferred securities, are excluded as a component
of Tier 1 capital for institutions of the size of the
Company.
The
final rule further requires that certain items be deducted from
common equity Tier 1 capital, including (1) goodwill and other
intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights, net of
deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”); (2) deferred tax
assets that arise from operating losses and tax credit
carryforwards, net of valuation allowances and DTLs; (3) after-tax
gain-on-sale associated with a securitization exposure; and (4)
defined benefit pension fund assets held by a depository
institution holding company, net of DTLs. In addition, banking
organizations must deduct from common equity Tier 1 capital the
amount of certain assets, including mortgage servicing assets, that
exceed certain thresholds. The final rule also allows all but the
largest banking organizations to make a one-time election not to
recognize unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt
securities in regulatory capital, as under prior capital
rules.
The
final rule provides that the failure to maintain the minimum
conservation buffer will result in restrictions on capital
distributions and discretionary cash bonus payments to executive
officers. If a banking organization’s conservation buffer is
less than 0.625%, the banking organization may not make any capital
distributions or discretionary cash bonus payments to executive
officers. If the conservation buffer is greater than 0.625% but not
greater than 1.25%, capital distributions and discretionary cash
bonus payments are limited to 20% of net income for the four
calendar quarters preceding the applicable calendar quarter (net of
any such capital distributions), or eligible retained income. If
the conservation buffer is greater than 1.25% but not greater than
1.875%, the limit is 40% of eligible retained income, and if the
conservation buffer is greater than 1.875% but not greater than
2.5%, the limit is 60% of eligible retained income. The preceding
thresholds for the conservation buffer and related restrictions
represent the fully phased in rules effective no later than January
1, 2019. Such thresholds were phased in incrementally throughout
the phase in period, with the lowest thresholds having become
effective January 1, 2016.
Dividend and Repurchase
Limitations. Federal
regulations provide that the Company must obtain Federal Reserve
approval prior to repurchasing its common stock for consideration
in excess of 10% of its net worth during any twelve-month period
unless the Company (i) both before and after the redemption
satisfies capital requirements for a “well capitalized”
bank holding company; (ii) received a one or two rating in its last
examination; and (iii) is not the subject of any unresolved
supervisory issues.
The
ability of the Company to pay dividends or repurchase shares may be
dependent upon the Company’s receipt of dividends from the
Bank. North Carolina commercial banks, such as the Bank, are
subject to legal limitations on the amounts of dividends they are
permitted to pay. Also, an insured depository institution, such as
the Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions,
including the payment of dividends, if, after making such
distribution, the institution would become
“undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the
applicable law and regulations).
Deposit
Insurance. As a
member of the FDIC, our deposits are insured up to applicable
limits by the FDIC, and such insurance is backed by the full faith
and credit of the United States Government. The basic deposit
insurance level is generally $250,000, as specified in FDIC
regulations. For this protection, each insured bank pays a
quarterly statutory assessment and is subject to the rules and
regulations of the FDIC.
We
recognized approximately $263,000, $119,000, and $328,000 in FDIC
insurance expense in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. In
November 2018, the FDIC announced that the Deposit Insurance Fund
(“DIF”) reserve ratio exceeded the statutory minimum of
1.35% as of September 30, 2018. Among other things, this resulted
in the FDIC awarding assessment credits for banks with less than
$10 billion in total assets that had contributed to the DIF in
prior years. We were notified in January 2019 that we had received
approximately $272,000 in credits that would be available to offset
deposit insurance assessments once the DIF reached 1.38%. The DIF
reached 1.38% as of June 30, 2019 and therefore, the FDIC began to
apply the Bank’s credits to our quarterly deposit insurance
assessments beginning with the second quarter of 2019. The
Bank’s credits were fully utilized in the first quarter of
2020.
The
FDIC may conduct examinations of and require reporting by
FDIC-insured institutions. It may also prohibit an institution from
engaging in any activity that it determines by regulation or order
to pose a serious risk to the deposit insurance fund and may
terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance if it determines that
the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in
an unsafe or unsound condition.
Federal Home Loan Bank
System. The Federal
Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system provides a central
credit facility for member institutions. As a member of the FHLB of
Atlanta, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB of
Atlanta in an amount at least equal to 0.20% (or 20 basis points)
of the Bank’s total assets at the end of each calendar year,
plus 4.25% of its outstanding advances (borrowings) from the FHLB
of Atlanta under the new activity-based stock ownership
requirement. On December 31, 2020, the Bank was in compliance with
this requirement.
Community
Reinvestment.
Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as
implemented by regulations of the FDIC, an insured institution has
a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe
and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire
community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA
does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for
financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s
discretion to develop, consistent with the CRA, the types of
products and services that it believes are best suited to its
particular community. The CRA requires the federal banking
regulators, in connection with their examinations of insured
institutions, to assess the institutions’ records of meeting
the credit needs of their communities, using the ratings of
“outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs
to improve,” or “substantial noncompliance,” and
to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain
applications by those institutions. All institutions are required
to make public disclosure of their CRA performance ratings. The
Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its last CRA
examination, which was conducted in January 2020.
Changes in Control.
The BHCA prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect
control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock or
substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings bank or
merging or consolidating with another bank or financial holding
company or savings bank holding company without prior approval of
the Federal Reserve. Similarly, Federal Reserve approval (or, in
certain cases, non-objection) must be obtained prior to any person
acquiring control of the Company. Control is deemed to exist if,
among other things, a person acquires 25% or more of any class of
voting stock of the Company or controls in any manner the election
of a majority of the directors of the Company.
Federal Securities
Law. The Company has
registered its common stock with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time (the
“Exchange Act”). As a result of such registration, the
proxy and tender offer rules, insider trading reporting
requirements, annual and periodic reporting and other requirements
of the Exchange Act are applicable to the Company. In addition, the
SEC and Nasdaq have adopted regulations under the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 and the Dodd Frank Act that apply to the Company as a
Nasdaq-traded, public company, which seek to improve corporate
governance, provide enhanced penalties for financial reporting
improprieties and improve the reliability of disclosures in SEC
filings.
Transactions with
Affiliates. Under current federal law,
depository institutions are subject to the restrictions and
limitations contained in Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act
with respect to loans to directors, executive officers and
principal shareholders. In addition to limitations on the dollar
value of loans to directors, executive officers and principal
shareholders, pursuant to Section 22(h), the Federal Reserve
requires that loans to directors, executive officers, and principal
shareholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in
comparable transactions with non-executive employees of the Bank.
The FDIC has imposed additional limits on the amount a bank can
loan to an executive officer.
Loans to One
Borrower. The
Bank is subject to the loans-to-one-borrower limits imposed by
North Carolina law, which are substantially the same as those
applicable to national banks. Under these limits, no loans and
extensions of credit to any borrower outstanding at one time and
not fully secured by readily marketable collateral shall exceed 15%
of the Bank’s total equity capital. At December 31, 2020,
this limit was $23.6 million. This limit is increased by an
additional 10% of the Bank’s total equity capital, or $39.3
million as of December 31, 2020, for loans and extensions of credit
that are fully secured by readily marketable
collateral.
Anti-Money Laundering and
the USA Patriot Act. A major focus of governmental
policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at
combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT
Act of 2001 (the "USA Patriot Act""), substantially broadened the
scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations
by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence
obligations on financial institutions, creating new crimes and
penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the
United States. Financial institutions are also prohibited from
entering into specified financial transactions and account
relationships and must use enhanced due diligence procedures in
their dealings with certain types of high-risk customers and
implement a written customer identification program. Financial
institutions must take certain steps to assist government agencies
in detecting and preventing money laundering and report certain
types of suspicious transactions. Regulatory authorities routinely
examine financial institutions for compliance with these
obligations, and failure of a financial institution to maintain and
implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and
terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or
regulations, could have serious financial, legal and reputational
consequences for the institution, including causing applicable bank
regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition
transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit
such transactions even if approval is not required. Regulatory
authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money
penalties against institutions found to be violating these
obligations.
The
Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”), which
amends the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (“BSA”), was
enacted in January 2021. The AMLA is intended to be a comprehensive
reform and modernization to U.S. bank secrecy and anti-money
laundering laws. Among other things, it codifies a risk-based
approach to anti-money laundering compliance for financial
institutions; requires the development of standards for evaluating
technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; expands
enforcement- and investigation-related authority, including
increasing available sanctions for certain BSA violations and
instituting BSA whistleblower incentives and
protections.
Interstate Banking and
Branching. The BHCA was amended by the Interstate Banking
Act. The Interstate Banking Act provides that adequately
capitalized and managed financial and bank holding companies are
permitted to acquire banks in any state. State law prohibiting
interstate banking or discriminating against out-of-state banks is
preempted. States are not permitted to enact laws opting out of
this provision; however, states are allowed to adopt a minimum age
restriction requiring that target banks located within the state be
in existence for a period of years, up to a maximum of five years,
before a bank may be subject to the Interstate Banking Act. The
Interstate Banking Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act,
establishes deposit caps which prohibit acquisitions that result in
the acquiring company controlling 30% or more of the deposits of
insured banks and thrift institutions held in the state in which
the target maintains a breach or 10% or more of the deposits
nationwide. States have the authority to waive the 30% deposit cap.
State-level deposit caps are not preempted as long as they do not
discriminate against out-of-state companies, and the federal
deposit caps apply only to initial entry acquisitions.
Limits on Rates Paid on
Deposits and Brokered Deposits. FDIC regulations limit
the ability of insured depository institutions to accept, renew or
roll-over deposits by offering rates of interest which are
significantly higher than the prevailing rates of interest on
deposits offered by other insured depository institutions having
the same type of charter in such depository institution’s
normal market area. Under these regulations, “well
capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or
roll-over such deposits without restriction, “adequately
capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or
roll-over such deposits with a waiver from the FDIC (subject to
certain restrictions on payments of rates) and
“undercapitalized” depository institutions may not
accept, renew, or roll-over such deposits. Definitions of
“well capitalized,” “adequately
capitalized” and “undercapitalized” are the same
as the definitions adopted by federal banking agencies to implement
the prompt corrective action provisions discussed
above.
Current Expected Credit
Loss Accounting Standard. The Financial Accounting Standards
Board (“FASB”) has adopted a new accounting standard
related to reserving for credit losses. This standard, referred to
as Current Expected Credit Loss (or “CECL”), requires
FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies (banking
organizations) to recognize credit losses expected over the life of
certain financial assets. The CECL framework is expected to result
in earlier recognition of credit losses and is expected to be
significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics and
quality of the Company's loan portfolio, as well as the prevailing
economic conditions and forecasts. See
Item 1A. Risk Factors for a further discussion of risks related to
CECL.
Financial
Privacy and Cybersecurity. The federal banking regulators have adopted rules
that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to
disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated
third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy
policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers
to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a
non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer
information is transmitted through diversified financial companies
and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also
prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated
companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a
product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports
and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also
have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions
not to share information about transactions and experiences with
affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or
services.
In
the ordinary course of business, we rely on electronic
communications and information systems to conduct our operations
and to store sensitive data. We employ an in-depth, layered,
defensive approach that leverages people, processes and technology
to manage and maintain cybersecurity controls. We employ a variety
of preventative and detective tools to monitor, block, and provide
alerts regarding suspicious activity, as well as to report on any
suspected advanced persistent threats. Notwithstanding the strength
of our defensive measures, the threat from cyber-attacks is severe,
attacks are sophisticated and increasing in volume, and attackers
respond rapidly to changes in defensive measures. While to date we
have not detected a significant compromise, significant data loss
or any material financial losses related to cybersecurity attacks,
our systems and those of our customers and third-party service
providers are under constant threat and it is possible that we
could experience a significant event in the future. Risks and
exposures related to cybersecurity attacks are expected to remain
high for the foreseeable future due to the rapidly evolving nature
and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the
expanding use of Internet banking, mobile banking and other
technology-based products and services by us and our customers. See
Item 1A. Risk Factors for a further discussion of risks related to
cybersecurity.
The Bank Secrecy
Act. The
Bank Secrecy Act (the "BSA") requires all financial institutions,
including banks and securities broker-dealers, to, among other
things, establish a risk-based system of internal controls
reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the financing
of terrorism. It includes a variety of recordkeeping and reporting
requirements (such as cash and suspicious activity reporting) as
well as due diligence/know-your-customer documentation
requirements. The Bank has established an anti-money laundering
program to comply with the BSA requirements.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("SOX") implements a broad range of
corporate governance and accounting measures for public companies
(including publicly-held bank holding companies such as the
Company) designed to promote honesty and transparency in corporate
America and better protect investors from the types of corporate
wrongdoings that occurred at Enron and WorldCom, among other
companies. SOX's principal provisions, many of which have been
implemented through regulations released and policies and rules
adopted by the securities exchanges in 2003 and 2004, provide for
and include, among other things:
●The
creation of an independent accounting oversight board;
●Auditor
independence provisions which restrict non-audit services that
accountants may provide to clients;
●Additional
corporate governance and responsibility measures, including the
requirement that the chief executive officer and chief financial
officer of a public company certify financial
statements;
●The
forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and
profits from the sale of an issuer's securities by directors and
senior officers in the twelve-month period following initial
publication of any financial statements that later require
restatement;
●An
increase in the oversight of, and enhancement of certain
requirements relating to, audit committees of public companies and
how they interact with the public company's independent
auditors;
●Requirements
that audit committee members must be independent and are barred
from accepting consulting, advisory or other compensatory fees from
the issuer;
●Requirements
that companies disclose whether at least one member of the audit
committee is a 'financial expert' (as such term is defined by the
SEC), and if not, why not;
●Expanded
disclosure requirements for corporate insiders, including
accelerated reporting of stock transactions by insiders and a
prohibition on insider trading during certain blackout
periods;
●A
prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except
certain loans made by insured financial institutions, such as the
Bank, on non-preferential terms and in compliance with bank
regulatory requirements;
●Disclosure
of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K in the event of a change
or waiver of such code; and
●A
range of enhanced penalties for fraud and other
violations.
The
Company complies with the provisions of SOX and its underlying
regulations. Management believes that such compliance efforts have
strengthened the Company's overall corporate governance structure,
and does not believe that such compliance has to date had, or will
in the future have, a material impact on the Company's results of
operations or financial condition.
Standards for Safety and Soundness.
Pursuant
to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of
1991 ("FDICIA") the federal bank regulatory agencies have
prescribed, by regulation, standards and guidelines for all insured
depository institutions and depository institution holding
companies relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems
and internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit
underwriting; (iv) interest rate risk exposure; (v) asset growth;
and (vi) compensation, fees and benefits. The compensation
standards prohibit employment contracts, compensation or benefit
arrangements, stock option plans, fee arrangements or other
compensatory arrangements that would provide "excessive"
compensation, fees or benefits, or that could lead to material
financial loss. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies
are required by FDICIA to prescribe standards specifying: (i)
maximum classified assets to capital ratios; (ii) minimum earnings
sufficient to absorb losses without impairing capital; and (iii) to
the extent feasible, a minimum ratio of market value to book value
for publicly-traded shares of depository institutions and
depository institution holding companies.
Other. Additional regulations require
annual examinations of all insured depository institutions by the
appropriate federal banking agency and establish operational and
managerial, asset quality, earnings and stock valuation standards
for insured depository institutions, as well as compensation
standards.
The
Bank is subject to examination by the FDIC and the Commissioner. In
addition, the Bank is subject to various other state and federal
laws and regulations, including state usury laws, laws relating to
fiduciaries, consumer credit, equal credit and fair credit
reporting laws and laws relating to branch banking. The Bank, as an
insured North Carolina commercial bank, is prohibited from engaging
as a principal in activities that are not permitted for national
banks, unless (i) the FDIC determines that the activity would pose
no significant risk to the appropriate deposit insurance fund and
(ii) the Bank is, and continues to be, in compliance with all
applicable capital standards.
Future Requirements.
Statutes and regulations, which contain wide-ranging proposals for
altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships
of financial institutions, are introduced regularly. Neither the
Company nor the Bank can predict whether or what form any proposed
statute or regulation will be adopted or the extent to which the
business of the Company or the Bank may be affected by such statute
or regulation.
Available Information
The
Company makes its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those
reports available free of charge on its internet website
www.peoplesbanknc.com
as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are
electronically filed with the SEC. The Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q are also
available on its internet website in interactive data format using
the eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL), which allows
financial statement information to be downloaded directly into
spreadsheets, analyzed in a variety of ways using commercial
off-the-shelf software and used within investment models in other
software formats. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains
reports, proxy information, statements and other information filed
by the Company with the SEC electronically. These filings are also
accessible on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov.
The
Company maintains an internet website at www.peoplesbanknc.com.
The Company’s corporate governance policies, including the
charters of the Audit and Enterprise Risk, Compensation, and
Governance Committees, and the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
may be found on the Company’s website. A written copy of the
foregoing corporate governance policies is available upon written
request to the Company. Information included on the Company’s
website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual
Report.
ITEM
1A. RISK FACTORS
The
risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones the
Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are
unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become
important factors that affect us and our business. If any of these
risks were to materialize, our business, financial condition or
results of operations could be materially and adversely
affected.
RISK FACTORS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
Our operations, business, and financial condition have been and may
continue to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.
The COVID-19 outbreak which evolved into a worldwide pandemic has
had a myriad of adverse impacts upon society as a whole. The spread
of COVID-19 has caused illness, quarantines, cancellation of events
and travel, business and school shutdowns, reduction in business
activity and financial transactions, supply chain interruptions and
overall economic and financial market instability. In response to
the COVID-19 pandemic, Federal, State and Local governments have
taken preventative or protective actions, such as imposing
restrictions on travel and business operations, advising or
requiring individuals to limit or forgo their time outside of their
homes, and ordering temporary closures of businesses that have been
deemed to be non-essential. The initial restrictions and other
consequences of the pandemic resulted in significant adverse
effects for many different types of businesses, including, among
others, those in the retail sales, travel, hospitality and food and
beverage industries, and resulted in a significant number of
layoffs and furloughs of employees nationwide and in the markets in
which we operate. Restrictions have been at least partially lifted
nationally and within the Company's operating footprint with some
level of economic recovery resulting. While progress towards
vaccination has been made, an increase in virus spread or infection
rates, or the emergence of new variants of the virus could result
in restrictions being re-implemented with further negative impact
to economic activity.
The ultimate effects of COVID-19 on the broader economy and the
markets that we serve are not known nor is the ultimate length of
the restrictions described above and any accompanying effects.
Moreover, Federal Reserve action to lower the Federal Funds rate,
may negatively affect our interest income and, therefore, earnings,
financial condition and results of operations. Additional impacts
of COVID-19 on our business could be widespread and material, and
may include, or exacerbate, among other consequences, the
following:
●employees
contracting COVID-19;
●unavailability
of key personnel necessary to conduct our business
activities;
●disruption
resulting from having a significant percentage of employees work
remotely;
●declines
in demand for loans and other banking services;
●reduced
consumer spending due to job losses or other impacts of the
virus;
●adverse
conditions in financial markets may have a negative impact on our
investment portfolio;
●decline
in credit quality of our loan portfolio leading to increased
provisions for loan losses;
●declines
in the value of loan collateral, including residential and
commercial real estate;
●decline
in the liquidity of borrowers and guarantors impairing their
ability to honor financial commitments; and
●actions
of governmental entities to limit business activities.
Furthermore,
we rely upon our third-party vendors to conduct business and to
process, record, and monitor transactions. If any of these vendors
are unable to continue to provide us with these services, it could
negatively impact our ability to serve our customers.
Unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our
business.
Our business is subject to periodic fluctuations based on national,
regional and local economic conditions. These fluctuations are not
predictable, cannot be controlled, and may have a material adverse
impact on our operations and financial condition. Our
banking operations are primarily locally oriented and
community-based. Our retail and commercial banking activities are
primarily concentrated within the same geographic footprint. Our
market is primarily based in the Catawba Valley region of North
Carolina and surrounding communities. Worsening economic conditions
within our markets could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Accordingly, we expect to continue to be dependent upon local
business conditions as well as conditions in the local residential
and commercial real estate markets we serve. Unfavorable changes in
unemployment, real estate values, interest rates and other factors
could weaken the economies of the communities we serve. While
economic growth and business activity has been generally favorable
in our market area in recent years, there can be no assurance that
economic conditions will persist, and these conditions could
worsen. In addition, unfavorable global economic conditions,
including the of COVID-19 pandemic discussed above, have had a
negative impact on financial markets and could adversely impact our
customers, which in turn could lead to lower business activity and
higher loan delinquencies. Weakness in any of our market areas
could have an adverse impact on our earnings, and consequently our
financial condition and capital adequacy.
We are subject to credit risk and may incur losses if loans are not
repaid.
There are inherent risks associated with our lending activities.
These risks include, among other things, the impact of changes in
interest rates and changes in the economic conditions in the
markets where we operate as well as those across the United States
and abroad. Increases in interest rates and/or weakening economic
conditions could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay
outstanding loans and the value of the collateral securing these
loans. We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio
by adhering to specific underwriting practices. Although we believe
that our underwriting criteria are appropriate for the various
kinds of loans we make, we may incur losses on loans that meet our
underwriting criteria, and these losses may exceed the amounts set
aside as reserves in our allowance for loan losses.
Our loan portfolio includes loans with a higher risk of
loss.
We
originate commercial real estate loans, commercial loans,
construction and land development loans, and residential mortgage
loans primarily within our market area. Commercial real estate,
commercial, and construction and land development loans tend to
involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of
related borrowers and are most susceptible to a risk of loss during
a downturn in the business cycle. These loans also have
historically had greater credit risk than other loans for the
following reasons:
●
Commercial Real Estate Loans. Repayment
is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to
cover operating expenses and debt service. These loans also involve
greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over a
loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity. A
borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will
depend on being able to either refinance the loan or timely sell
the underlying property. As of December 31, 2020, commercial real
estate loans comprised approximately 35% of the Bank’s total
loan portfolio.
●
Commercial Loans. Repayment is
generally dependent upon the successful operation of the
borrower’s business. In addition, the collateral securing the
loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be
illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the
business. As of December 31, 2020, commercial loans comprised
approximately 17% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio,
including $75.8 million in Small Business Administration
(“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”)
loans.
●
Construction and land development
loans. The risk of loss is largely dependent on our initial
estimate of whether the property’s value at completion equals
or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability
of take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of
factors can result in delays or cost overruns. If our estimate is
inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the
value of the property securing our loan may be insufficient to
ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale
of the property, or by seizure of collateral. As of December 31,
2020, construction and land development loans comprised
approximately 10% of the Bank’s total loan
portfolio.
●
Single-family residential loans.
Declining home sales volumes, decreased real estate values and
higher than normal levels of unemployment could contribute to
losses on these loans. As of December 31, 2020, single-family
residential loans comprised approximately 32% of the Bank’s
total loan portfolio, including Banco single-family residential
non-traditional loans which were approximately 3% of the
Bank’s total loan portfolio.
A significant amount of the Bank’s business is concentrated
in lending which is secured by property located in the Catawba
Valley and surrounding areas.
In
addition to the financial strength and cash flow characteristics of
the borrower in each case, the Bank often secures its loans with
real estate collateral. The real estate collateral in each case
provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default
by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the
credit is extended. If the Bank is required to liquidate the
collateral securing a loan during a period of reduced real estate
values to satisfy the debt, the Bank’s earnings and capital
could be adversely affected.
Additionally,
with most of the Bank’s loans concentrated in the Catawba
Valley and surrounding areas, a decline in local economic
conditions could adversely affect the values of the Bank’s
real estate collateral. Consequently, a decline in local economic
conditions may have a greater effect on the Bank’s earnings
and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial
institutions whose real estate loan portfolios are more
geographically diverse.
Our use of appraisals in deciding whether to make a loan on or
secured by real property does not ensure the value of the real
property collateral.
In
considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we
typically require an appraisal of the property. However, an
appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the
time the appraisal is made. If the appraisal does not reflect the
amount that may be obtained upon any sale or foreclosure of the
property, we may not realize an amount equal to the indebtedness
secured by the property.
Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient and could
therefore reduce earnings.
The
risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things,
general economic conditions, the creditworthiness of the borrower
over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized
loan, the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan.
Management maintains an allowance for loan losses based upon, among
other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic
conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio
quality. Management believes it has established the allowance in
accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(“GAAP”) and in consideration of the current economic
environment. Although management uses the best information
available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the
allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other
conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the
Company. If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to
be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to
absorb future losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities require
the Bank to increase the allowance for loan losses as a part of
their examination process, the Bank’s earnings and capital
could be significantly and adversely affected. For further
discussion related to our process for determining the appropriate
level of the allowance for loan losses, see “Allowance for
Loan Losses” within “Item 7. Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results and
Operation” of the Annual Report, which is included in this
Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).
In addition, the measure of our allowance for loan losses is
dependent on the adoption of new accounting standards. The FASB
issued an Accounting Standards Update related to CECL, the new
credit impairment model, which is expected to be implemented by the
Company for reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2023. This
new model requires financial institutions to estimate and develop a
provision for credit losses at origination for the lifetime of the
loan, as opposed to reserving for probable incurred losses up to
the balance sheet date. Under the CECL model, credit deterioration
will be reflected in the income statement in the period of
origination or acquisition of the loan, with changes in expected
credit losses due to further credit deterioration or improvement
reflected in the periods in which the expectation
changes.
The CECL framework is expected to result in earlier recognition of
credit losses and is expected to be significantly influenced by the
composition, characteristics and quality of the Company's loan
portfolio, as well as the prevailing economic conditions and
forecasts. The Company will initially apply the impact of the new
guidance through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained
earnings as of the beginning of the year of
implementation.
The CECL standard provides significant flexibility and requires a
high degree of judgment with regards to pooling financial assets
with similar risk characteristics and adjusting the relevant
historical loss information in order to develop an estimate of
expected lifetime losses. Providing for losses over the life of the
Bank’s loan portfolio is
a change to the previous method of
providing allowances for loan losses that are probable and
incurred. This change may require us to increase our allowance
for loan losses rapidly in future periods, and greatly
increases the types of data we need to collect and review to
determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.
It may also result in even small changes to future forecasts having
a significant impact on the allowance, which could make the
allowance more volatile, and regulators may impose additional
capital buffers to absorb this volatility.
If our non-performing assets increase, our earnings will
suffer.
Our
non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various
ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or real
estate owned. We must reserve for probable losses, which is
established through a current period charge to the provision for
loan losses as well as from time to time, as appropriate, the write
down of the value of properties in our other real estate owned
portfolio to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there
are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as
well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance
related to our other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of
non-performing assets requires the active involvement of
management, which can distract them from more profitable activity.
Finally, if our estimate for the recorded allowance for loan losses
proves to be incorrect and our allowance is inadequate, we will
have to increase the allowance accordingly.
Changes in interest rates affect profitability and
assets.
Changes
in prevailing interest rates may hurt the Bank’s business.
The Bank derives its income primarily from the difference or
“spread” between the interest earned on loans,
securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on
deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. In
general, the larger the spread, the more the Bank earns. When
market rates of interest change, the interest the Bank receives on
its assets and the interest the Bank pays on its liabilities will
fluctuate. This can cause decreases in the “spread” and
can adversely affect the Bank’s income. Changes in market
interest rates could reduce the value of the Bank’s financial
assets. Fixed-rate investments, mortgage-backed and related
securities and mortgage loans generally decrease in value as
interest rates rise. In addition, interest rates affect how much
money the Bank lends. For example, when interest rates rise, the
cost of borrowing increases and the loan originations tend to
decrease. If the Bank is unsuccessful in managing the effects of
changes in interest rates, the financial condition and results of
operations could suffer.
We measure interest rate risk under various rate scenarios using
specific criteria and assumptions. A summary of this process, along
with the results of our net interest income simulations, is
presented within “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk” of the Annual Report which is
included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).
A small number of large deposit relationships provide a significant
level of funding for the Bank.
The
Bank’s five largest deposit relationships, including
securities sold under agreements to repurchase, amounted to $122.0
million at December 31, 2020. These balances represent 9.78% of
total deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
combined at December 31, 2020. Total deposits for the five largest
relationships referenced above amounted to $108.9 million, or 8.92%
of total deposits at December 31, 2020. Total securities sold under
agreements to repurchase for the five largest relationships
referenced above amounted to $13.1 million, or 49.86% of total
securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31,
2020. Loss of one or more of these deposit relationships could have
a negative impact on the Bank’s liquidity
position.
Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect our net
income and profitability.
The
Company is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that
the Bank is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are bank
or financial institution failures that exceed the FDIC’s
expectations, the Bank may be required to pay higher FDIC premiums
than those currently in force. Any future increases or required
prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely impact the
Company’s earnings and financial condition.
Cybersecurity incidents could disrupt business operations, result
in the loss of critical and confidential information, and adversely
impact our reputation and results of operations.
Global
cybersecurity threats and incidents can range from uncoordinated
individual attempts to gain unauthorized access to information
technology (IT) systems to sophisticated and targeted measures
known as advanced persistent threats, directed at the Company
and/or its third-party service providers. While we have
experienced, and expect to continue to experience, these types of
threats and incidents, none of them to date have been material to
the Company. Although we employ comprehensive measures to prevent,
detect, address and mitigate these threats (including access
controls, employee training, data encryption, vulnerability
assessments, continuous monitoring of our IT networks and systems
and maintenance of backup and protective systems), cybersecurity
incidents, depending on their nature and scope, could potentially
result in the misappropriation, destruction, corruption or
unavailability of critical data and confidential or proprietary
information (our own or that of third parties) and the disruption
of business operations. The potential consequences of a material
cybersecurity incident include reputational damage, litigation with
third parties and increased cybersecurity protection and
remediation costs, which in turn could materially adversely affect
our results of operations.
Our business continuity plans or data security systems could prove
to be inadequate, resulting in a material interruption in, or
disruption to, our business and a negative impact on our results of
operations.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to
conduct our business. Our daily operations depend on the
operational effectiveness of our technology. We rely on our systems
to accurately track and record our assets and liabilities. Any
failure, interruption or breach in security of our computer systems
or outside technology, whether due to severe weather, natural
disasters, acts of war or terrorism, criminal activity,
cyberattacks or other factors, could result in failures or
disruptions in general ledger, deposit, loan, customer relationship
management, and other systems leading to inaccurate financial
records. This could materially affect our business operations and
financial condition.
While we have disaster recovery and other policies and procedures
designed to prevent or limit the effect of any failure,
interruption or security breach of our information systems, there
can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions, or
security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they
will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures,
interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could
damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business,
subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil
litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could
have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.
In addition, the Bank provides its customers the ability to bank
online and through mobile banking. The secure transmission of
confidential information over the Internet is a critical element of
online and mobile banking. While we use qualified third-party
vendors to test and audit our network, our network could become
vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing
schemes and other security issues. The Bank may be required to
spend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems
caused by security breaches or computer viruses.
To the extent that the Bank’s activities or the activities of
its customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential
information, security breaches and viruses could expose the Bank to
claims, litigation, and other potential liabilities. Any inability
to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause
existing customers to lose confidence in the Bank’s systems
and could adversely affect its reputation and its ability to
generate deposits.
Additionally, we outsource the processing of our core data system,
as well as other systems such as online banking, to third party
vendors. Prior to establishing an outsourcing relationship, and on
an ongoing basis thereafter, management monitors key vendor
controls and procedures related to information technology, which
includes reviewing reports of service auditor’s examinations.
If our third-party provider encounters difficulties or if we have
difficulty in communicating with such third party, it will
significantly affect our ability to adequately process and account
for customer transactions, which would significantly affect our
business operations.
In the normal course of business, we process large volumes of
transactions involving millions of dollars. If our internal
controls fail to work as expected, if our systems are used in an
unauthorized manner, or if our employees subvert our internal
controls, we could experience significant losses.
We
process large volumes of transactions on a daily basis involving
millions of dollars and are exposed to numerous types of
operational risk. Operational risk includes the risk of fraud by
persons inside or outside the Company, the execution of
unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to
transaction processing and systems and breaches of the internal
control system and compliance requirements. This risk also includes
potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an
operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with
applicable regulatory standards.
We
establish and maintain systems of internal operational controls
that provide us with timely and accurate information about our
level of operational risk. Although not foolproof, these systems
have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate,
cost-effective levels. Procedures exist that are designed to ensure
that policies relating to conduct, ethics, and business practices
are followed. From time to time, losses from operational risk may
occur, including the effects of operational errors. We continually
monitor and improve our internal controls, data processing systems,
and corporate-wide processes and procedures, but there can be no
assurance that future losses will not occur.
Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and
completeness of information about customers and
counterparties.
In
deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions,
we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers
and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports,
and other financial information. We may also rely on
representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third
parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and
completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or
misleading financial statements, financial advisors and
consultants, credit reports, or other financial information could
cause us to enter into unfavorable transactions, which could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
The federal BSA, the USA Patriot Act and other laws and regulations
require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute
and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file
suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as
appropriate. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
(“FINCEN”), established by the Treasury to administer
the BSA, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties
for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in
coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking
regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug
Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. There is
also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by
the OFAC. Federal and state bank regulators also have begun to
focus on compliance with BSA and AML regulations. If our policies,
procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies,
procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have
already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we
would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory
actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and
the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with
certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition
plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and
implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and
terrorist financing could also have serious reputational
consequences for us.
We are subject to extensive regulation, which could have an adverse
effect on our operations.
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision from the
Commissioner and the Federal Reserve. This regulation and
supervision is intended primarily to enhance the safe and sound
operation of the Bank and for the protection of the FDIC insurance
fund and our depositors and borrowers, rather than for holders of
our equity securities. In the past, our business has been
materially affected by these regulations. This trend is likely to
continue in the future.
Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their
supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of
restrictions on operations, the classification of our assets and
the determination of the level of allowance for loan losses.
Changes in the regulations that apply to us, or changes in our
compliance with regulations, could have a material impact on our
operations.
We face a risk of noncompliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and other
anti-money laundering statutes and regulations and related
enforcement actions.
The federal BSA, the USA Patriot Act and other laws and regulations
require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute
and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file
suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as
appropriate. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
(“FINCEN”), established by the Treasury to administer
the BSA, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties
for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in
coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking
regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug
Enforcement Administration andInternal Revenue Service. There is
also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by
the OFAC. Federal and state bank regulators also have begun to
focus on compliance with BSA and AML regulations. If our policies,
procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies,
procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have
already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we
would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory
actions such as restrictionson our ability to pay dividends and the
necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain
aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans,
which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and
results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate
programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could
also have serious reputational consequences for
us.
We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure
to comply with these laws could lead to material
penalties.
Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the
Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, impose
nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions.
The Department of Justice, the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau
and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing
these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the
ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair
lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful
challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and
regulations could adversely impact our CRA rating and result in a
wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of
damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of
restrictions on or delays in approving merger and acquisition
activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could
negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial
transactions.
Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete
financial transactions through alternative methods that
historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now
maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank
deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose
reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions
such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the
assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as
intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could
result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer
deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The
loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a
source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely
affect us.
Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be
adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other
financial institutions. Financial services companies are
interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or
other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries
and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with
counterparties in the financial services industry, including
brokers and dealers, commercial banks, and investment banks.
Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more
financial services companies, or the financial services industry
generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could
lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We can
make no assurance that any such losses would not materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and
jeopardize our financial condition.
Liquidity is essential to our business. We rely on a number of
different sources in order to meet our potential liquidity demands.
Our primary sources of liquidity are increases in deposit accounts,
cash flows from loan payments and our securities portfolio.
Borrowings also provide us with a source of funds to meet liquidity
demands. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings,
the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial
negative effect on our liquidity.
Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our
activities or on terms which are acceptable to us could be impaired
by factors that affect us specifically, or the financial services
industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally
impact our access to liquidity sources include adverse regulatory
action against us or a decrease in the level of our business
activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our
loans are concentrated. Our ability to borrow could also be
impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a
disruption in the financial markets or negative views and
expectations about the prospects for the financial services
industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking
organizations or deterioration in credit markets.
We may be adversely impacted by the transition from LIBOR as a
reference rate.
In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority
announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit
the rates required to calculate the London Interbank Offered Rate
(“LIBOR”). This announcement indicated that the
continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be
guaranteed after 2021. Consequently, at this time, it is not
possible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue
to provide submissions for the calculation of LIBOR. Similarly, it
is not possible to predict whether LIBOR will continue to be viewed
as an acceptable market benchmark, what rate or rates may become
accepted alternatives to LIBOR, or what the effect of any such
changes in views or alternatives may be on the markets for
LIBOR-indexed financial instruments.
We have a significant number of loans and borrowings with
attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on
LIBOR. The transition from LIBOR could create considerable costs
and additional risk. Furthermore, failure to adequately manage this
transition process with our customers could adversely impact our
reputation. Although we are currently unable to assess what the
ultimate impact of the transition from LIBOR will be, failure to
adequately manage the transition could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We could experience losses due to competition with other financial
institutions.
We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from
a variety of different competitors, both within and beyond our
principal markets, many of which are larger and may have more
financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national,
regional and internet banks within the various markets in which we
operate. We also face competition from many other types of
financial institutions, including, without limitation, thrifts,
credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance
companies and other financial intermediaries, such as online
lenders and banks. The financial services industry could become
even more competitive as a result of legislative and regulatory
changes and continued consolidation. In addition, as customer
preferences and expectations continue to evolve, technology has
lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for nonbanks to
offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such
as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Banks,
securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the
umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually
any type of financial service, including banking, securities
underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant
banking. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints
and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their
size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale
and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and
services as well as better pricing for those products and services
than we can.
Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors,
including, among other things:
●the
ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term customer
relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards,
and safe, sound assets;
●the
ability to expand our market position;
●the
scope, relevance, and pricing of products and services offered to
meet customer needs and demands;
●the
rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to
our competitors;
●customer
satisfaction with our level of service; and
●industry
and general economic trends.
Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken
our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth
and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
Failure to keep pace with technological change could adversely
affect our business.
The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid
technological change with frequent introductions of new
technology-driven products and services. The effective use of
technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions
to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success
depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our
customers by using technology to provide products and services that
will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional
efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have
substantially greater resources to invest in technological
improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new
technology-driven products and services or be successful in
marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to
successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the
financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on
our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of
operations.
We rely on other companies to provide key components of our
business infrastructure.
Third
party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure
such as internet connections, network access and core application
processing. While we have selected these third-party vendors
carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by
these third parties, including as a result of their not providing
us their services for any reason or their performing their services
poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and
services to our customers and otherwise to conduct our business and
could negatively impact our reputation. Replacing these third-party
vendors could also entail significant delay and
expense.
Negative publicity could damage our reputation.
Reputation
risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative public
opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion could
adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and
expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative
public opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in
any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate
governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and
disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer
information, and from actions taken by government regulators and
community organizations in response to that conduct. Our reputation
could also be adversely impacted by negative public opinion
regarding the financial services industry in general.
Loss of key personnel could adversely impact results.
The
success of the Bank has been and will continue to be greatly
influenced by the ability to retain the services of existing senior
management. The Bank has benefited from consistency within its
senior management team, with two of its top three executives
averaging more than 20 years
of service with the Bank. The unexpected loss of the services of
any of the key management personnel, or the inability to recruit
and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse
impact on the business and financial results of the Bank.
We may be subject to examinations by taxing authorities which could
adversely affect our results of operations.
In the
normal course of business, we may be subject to examinations from
federal and state taxing authorities regarding the amount of taxes
due in connection with investments we have made and the businesses
in which we are engaged. Recently, federal and state taxing
authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax
positions taken by financial institutions. The challenges made by
taxing authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or
amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income
among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are
not resolved in our favor, they could have an adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
As
discussed in Item 3. Legal Proceedings, the NCDOR (as defined on
page 21) is seeking to disallow certain tax credits taken by the
Bank in prior tax years from an investment made by the Bank. While
the Bank purchased a Guaranty Agreement along with the investment,
which we believe limits our exposure, there can be no assurance
that the guarantor will perform under the Guaranty Agreement or
that we will recover under the Guaranty Agreement. For additional
information concerning the disallowance of the tax credits, see
Item 3 Legal Proceedings on page 28.
Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could
materially affect how we report our financial results and
condition.
Our
accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial
results and condition. Some of these policies require use of
estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets
or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting
policies are critical because they require management to make
difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are
inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially
different amounts would be reported under different conditions or
using different assumptions.
From
time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(“FASB”) and the SEC change the financial accounting
and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards
that govern the preparation of our external financial statements.
These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and
could materially impact how we report our results of operations and
financial condition. We could be required to apply a new or revised
standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period
financial statements in material amounts.
Our internal controls may be ineffective.
Management
regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure
controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and
procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and
operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide
only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of
the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls
and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to
controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, and financial
condition.
Impairment of investment securities or deferred tax assets could
require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative
impact on our results of operations.
In
assessing the impairment of investment securities, management
considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has
been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term
prospects of the issues, and the intent and ability of the Company
to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time
sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery of fair value in
the near term. In assessing the future ability of the Company to
realize the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is
more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred
tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable
income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The impact of each of these impairment matters
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, and financial condition.
Because we engage in lending secured by real estate and may be
forced to foreclose on the collateral property and own the
underlying real estate, we may be subject to the increased costs
associated with the ownership of real property, which could result
in reduced net income.
Since
we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose
on the collateral property to protect our investment and may
thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we are
exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The
amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is
dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not
limited to:
●
general or local
economic conditions;
●
environmental
cleanup liability;
●
operating expenses
of the mortgaged properties;
●
supply of and
demand for rental units or properties;
●
ability to obtain
and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties;
●
governmental rules,
regulations and fiscal policies; and
Certain
expenditures associated with the ownership of real estate,
principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely
affect the income from the real estate. Therefore, the cost of
operating real property may exceed the rental income earned from
such property, and we may have to advance funds in order to protect
our investment or we may be required to dispose of the real
property at a loss.
We are subject to losses due to errors, omissions or fraudulent
behavior by our employees, clients, counterparties or other third
parties.
We are
exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of
fraud by employees and third parties, clerical recordkeeping errors
and transactional errors. Our business is dependent on our
employees as well as third-party service providers to process a
large number of increasingly complex transactions. We could be
materially and adversely affected if employees, clients,
counterparties or other third parties caused an operational
breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error, fraudulent
manipulation or purposeful damage to any of our operations or
systems.
In
deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other
transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on
information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and
counterparties, including financial statements and other financial
information, which we do not independently verify. We also may rely
on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy
and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial
statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in
deciding whether to extend credit to a client, we may assume that
the client’s audited financial statements conform with GAAP
and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the client. Our
financial condition and results of operations could be negatively
affected to the extent we rely on financial statements that do not
comply with GAAP or are materially misleading, any of which could
be caused by errors, omissions, or fraudulent behavior by our
employees, clients, counterparties, or other third
parties.
Our articles of incorporation, as amended, amended and restated
bylaws, and certain banking laws may have an anti-takeover
effect.
Provisions
of our articles of incorporation, as amended, amended and restated
bylaws, and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval
requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to
acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to
our shareholders. The combination of these provisions may prohibit
a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in
turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common
stock.
As
a participating lender in the PPP, the Company and the Bank are
subject to additional risks of litigation from the Bank’s
customers or other parties regarding the Bank’s processing of
loans for the PPP and risks that the SBA may not fund some or all
PPP loan guaranties.
On
March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which
included a loan program administered through the SBA referred to as
the PPP. Under the PPP, small businesses and other entities and
individuals could apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and
other approved regulated lenders that enroll in the program,
subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria. The Bank
is participating as a lender in the PPP. The PPP opened on April 3,
2020; however, because of the short timeframe between the passing
of the CARES Act and the opening of the PPP, there is some
ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation
of the PPP, which exposes the Company to risks relating to
noncompliance with the PPP.
Since
the opening of the PPP, several other larger banks have been
subject to litigation regarding the process and procedures that
such banks used in processing applications for the PPP. The Company
and the Bank may be exposed to the risk of similar litigation, from
both customers and noncustomers that approached the Bank regarding
PPP loans, regarding its process and procedures used in processing
applications for the PPP and loan forgiveness applications. If any
such litigation is filed against the Company or the Bank and is not
resolved in a manner favorable to the Company or the Bank, it may
result in significant financial liability or adversely affect the
Company’s reputation. In addition, litigation can be costly,
regardless of outcome. Any financial liability, litigation costs or
reputational damage caused by PPP related litigation could have a
material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
The
Bank also has credit risk on PPP loans if a determination is made
by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner in which the
loan was originated, funded, or serviced by the Bank, such as an
issue with the eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan,
which may or may not be related to the ambiguity in the laws, rules
and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP. In the event of a
loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by
the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP
loan was originated, funded, or serviced by the Company, the SBA
may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the
guaranty, or, if it has already paid under the guaranty, seek
recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from the
Company.
RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S STOCK
Our stock price can be volatile.
Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell
your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive.
Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a
variety of factors including the risk factors discussed elsewhere
in this report that are outside of our control and which may occur
regardless of our operating results.
Future sales of our stock by our shareholders or the perception
that those sales could occur may cause our stock price to
decline.
Although our common stock is listed for trading in The NASDAQ
Global Select Market under the symbol “PEBK”, the
trading volume in our common stock is lower than that of other
larger financial services companies. A public trading market having
the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness
depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and
sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence
depends on the individual decisions of investors and general
economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given
the relatively low trading volume of our common stock, significant
sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception
that those sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our
common stock to decline or to be lower than it otherwise might be
in the absence of those sales or perceptions.
Our common stock is not FDIC insured.
The
Company’s common stock is not a savings or deposit account or
other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any
other governmental agency and is subject to investment risk,
including the possible loss of principal. Investment in our common
stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this
“Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and
is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of
common stock in any company. As a result, holders of our common
stock may lose some or all of their investment.
We may reduce or eliminate dividends on our common
stock.
Although
we have historically paid a quarterly cash dividend to the holders
of our common stock, holders of our common stock are not entitled
to receive dividends. Downturns in the domestic and global
economies could cause our Board of Directors to consider, among
other things, reducing or eliminating dividends paid on our common
stock. This could adversely affect the market price of our common
stock. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, our ability to pay
dividends is subject to the guidelines of the Federal Reserve
regarding capital adequacy and dividends before declaring or paying
any dividends. Dividends also may be limited as a result of safety
and soundness considerations.
We may need additional access to capital, which we may be unable to
obtain on attractive terms or at all.
We may
need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to
make strategic acquisitions or investments, for future growth or to
fund losses or additional provision for loan losses in the future.
Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend in
part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are
outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly,
we may be unable to raise additional capital, if and when needed,
on terms acceptable to it, or at all. If we cannot raise additional
capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations
through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially
impaired and our stock price negatively affected.
ITEM
1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not
applicable.
ITEM
2. PROPERTIES
At
December 31, 2020, the Company and the Bank conducted their
business from the headquarters office in Newton, North Carolina and
its 18 other branch offices in Lincolnton, Hickory, Newton,
Catawba, Conover, Claremont, Maiden, Denver, Triangle, Hiddenite,
Charlotte, Cornelius, Mooresville, Raleigh and Cary, North
Carolina. The Bank also operates loan production offices in
Charlotte and Denver North Carolina. The following table sets forth
certain information regarding the Bank’s properties at
December 31, 2020.
Owned
Corporate
Office
518
West C Street
Newton,
North Carolina 28658
420
West A Street
Newton,
North Carolina 28658
213 1st
Street, West
Conover, North
Carolina 28613
3261
East Main Street
Claremont, North
Carolina 28610
6125
Highway 16 South
Denver,
North Carolina 28037
5153
N.C. Highway 90E
Hiddenite, North
Carolina 28636
200
Island Ford Road
Maiden,
North Carolina 28650
3310
Springs Road NE
Hickory, North
Carolina 28601
142
South Highway 16
Denver,
North Carolina 28037
106
North Main Street
Catawba, North
Carolina 28609
2050
Catawba Valley Boulevard
Hickory, North
Carolina 28601
1074
River Highway
Mooresville, North
Carolina 28117
1910
East Main Street
Lincolnton, North
Carolina 28092
760
Highway 27 West
Lincolnton, North
Carolina 28092
|
Leased
1333
2nd Street NE
Hickory, North
Carolina 28601
6350
South Boulevard
Charlotte, North
Carolina 28217
3752/3754 Highway
16 North
Denver,
North Carolina 28037
9624-I
Bailey Road
Cornelius, North
Carolina 28031
4000
Westchase Boulevard
Suite
100
Raleigh, North
Carolina 27607
1117
Parkside Main Street
Cary,
North Carolina 27519
13840
Ballantyne Corporate Place
Suite
150
Charlotte, North
Carolina 28277
|
ITEM
3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
On
October 19, 2018, the Bank received a draft audit report from the
North Carolina Department of Revenue (“NCDOR”) setting
forth certain proposed adjustments to the North Carolina income tax
returns for the Bank for the tax years January 1, 2014 through
December 31, 2016. The NCDOR is seeking to disallow certain tax
credits taken by the Bank in tax years January 1, 2014 through
December 31, 2016 from an investment made by the Bank. The total
proposed adjustments sought by the NCDOR as of the date of the
draft audit report (including additional tax, penalties and
interest up to the date of the draft audit report) was
approximately $1.4 million. The Bank disagrees with the
NCDOR’s proposed adjustments and the disallowance of certain
tax credits, and is challenging the proposed adjustments and the
disallowance of such tax credits. During the second quarter of
2019, the Bank paid the NCDOR $1.2 million in taxes and interest
associated with the proposed adjustments noted above. This payment
stopped the accrual of interest during the period while the
proposed adjustments and disallowance are being contested, and the
NCDOR waived associated penalties. The Bank purchased a Guaranty
Agreement along with this tax credit investment that
unconditionally guarantees the amount of its investment plus
associated penalties and interest which management believes would
limit the Bank’s exposure to approximately $125,000. The Tax
Credit Guaranty Agreement from State Tax Credit Exchange, LLC dated
September 10, 2014 was attached to the Company’s September
30, 2018 Form 10-Q as Exhibit 99.
ITEM
4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not
applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5.
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES
The
Company’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market,
under the symbol “PEBK.” Market makers for the
Company’s shares include Raymond James Financial, Inc. and
Hovde Group, LLC.
Although the
payment of dividends by the Company is subject to certain
requirements and limitations of North Carolina corporate law,
neither the Commissioner nor the FDIC have promulgated any
regulations specifically limiting the right of the Company to pay
dividends and repurchase shares. However, the ability of the
Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares may be dependent
upon, among other things, the Company’s receipt of dividends
from the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is
limited. North Carolina commercial banks, such as the Bank, are
subject to legal limitations on the amount of dividends they are
permitted to pay. Dividends may be paid by the Bank from undivided
profits, which are determined by deducting and charging certain
items against actual profits, including any contributions to
surplus required by North Carolina law. Also, an insured depository
institution, such as the Bank, is prohibited from making capital
distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making
such distribution, the institution would become
“undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the
applicable law and regulations). Based on its current financial
condition, the Bank does not expect that this provision will have
any impact on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends. See
Supervision and Regulation under Item 1 Business.
As of
March 5, 2021, the Company had 675 shareholders of record, not
including the number of persons or entities whose stock is held in nominee or
street name through various brokerage firms or banks. The closing
market price for the Company’s common stock was $26.69 on
March 5, 2021.
STOCK
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The
following graph compares the Company’s cumulative shareholder
return on its common stock with a NASDAQ index and with a
southeastern bank index. The graph was prepared by S&P Global
Market Intelligence, using data as of December 31,
2020.
COMPARISON
OF SIX-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS
Performance
Report for
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
|
|
|
Index
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
|
100.00
|
132.06
|
180.73
|
146.57
|
201.50
|
146.15
|
NASDAQ
Composite Index
|
100.00
|
108.87
|
141.13
|
137.12
|
187.44
|
271.64
|
SNL
Southeast Bank Index
|
100.00
|
132.75
|
164.21
|
135.67
|
191.06
|
172.07
|
Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence
© 2021
The
information required by Item 201(d) concerning securities
authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set
forth in Item 12 hereof.
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Period
|
Total Number of Shares Purchased
|
Average Price Paid per Share
|
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs (2)
|
Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (3)
|
January
1 - 31, 2020
|
1,010
|
$28.62
|
-
|
$3,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
February
1 - 29, 2020
|
262
|
28.39
|
126,800
|
$3,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
March
1 - 31, 2020
|
1,126
|
24.82
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
April
1 - 30, 2020
|
1,608
|
18.97
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
May
1 - 31, 2020
|
423
|
17.41
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
June
1 - 30, 2020
|
561
|
18.08
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
July
1 - 31, 2020
|
1,796
|
17.66
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
August
1 - 31, 2020
|
420
|
16.90
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
September
1 - 30, 2020
|
481
|
17.14
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
October
1 - 31, 2020
|
1,717
|
18.62
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
November
1 - 30, 2020
|
408
|
18.92
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
1 - 31, 2020
|
338
|
25.70
|
-
|
$1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
10,150(1)
|
$20.46
|
126,800
|
|
(1) The Company purchased 10,150 shares on the open market in the
year ended December 31, 2020 for its deferred compensation plan.
All purchases were funded by participant contributions to the
plan.
(2) Reflects shares purchased under the Company's stock repurchase
program.
(3) Reflects dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under
the Company's stock repurchase program , which was funded in
January 2020.
The
above table excludes 2,088 shares of common stock purchased
by the Bank in the open market (at an average price of $24.88 per
share) and awarded to employees in the fiscal year ended December
31, 2020 pursuant to the Service Recognition
Program.
RECENT SALES OF
UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
On May
7, 2020, the Company awarded 7,635 non-transferable restricted
stock units to employees pursuant to the 2020 Omnibus Stock
Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan; each restricted stock unit
is subject to time-based vesting restrictions and once vested will
be convertible into one share of the Company's common stock.
On February 18, 2020, the Company issued an aggregate of 2,004
shares of common stock to employees upon the vesting of restricted
stock units previously awarded under the 2009 Omnibus Stock
Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan. On December 23, 2020, the
Bank awarded an aggregate of 2,088 shares of common stock to
employees pursuant to the Service Recognition Plan. The awards and
stock issuances were compensatory in nature without the cost to the
employees and were made pursuant to exemptions from registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, including Regulation
D.
ITEM
6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The
information required by this Item is set forth in the section
captioned "Selected Financial Data" on page A-3 of the Annual
Report, which Annual Report is included in this Form 10-K as
Exhibit (13). The section captioned "Selected Financial Data" on
page A-3 of the Annual Report is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM
7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The
information required by this Item is set forth in the section
captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4
through A-23 of the Annual Report, which section is included in
this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13), and which section captioned
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” is incorporated herein
by reference.
ITEM
7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET
RISK
The
information required by this Item is set forth in the section
captioned “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
Market Risk” on page A-24 of the Annual Report, which Annual
Report is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13), and which
section captioned “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk” is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM
8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The
consolidated financial statements of the Company and supplementary
data are set forth on pages A-26 through A-71 of the Annual Report,
which Annual Report is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).
The consolidated financial statements of the Company and
supplementary data set forth on pages A-26 through A-71 of the
Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM
9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM
9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The
Company’s management, under the supervision and with the
participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, has concluded, based on their
evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Report, that
the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Rule 13A-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) are effective
to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company
in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Exchange Act is
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the applicable rules and forms and include
controls and procedures designed to ensure that information
required to be disclosed by the Company in such reports is
accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management
including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial
Officer of the Company as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
There
have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting
during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the
Company’s internal control over financial
reporting.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls over
Financial Reporting
The
Company’s management is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule
13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that
in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions
and dispositions of the assets of the company, (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company and (3) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that
could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because
of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to
the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making this
assessment, management used the criteria established in
“Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission in 2013. Based on our assessment and those criteria,
management believes that the Company maintained effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2020.
Elliott
Davis, PLLC, an independent, registered public accounting firm, has
audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of
and for the year ended December 31, 2020, and audited the
Company’s effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2020, as stated in their report, which
is included in Item 8 hereof.
ITEM
9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None
PART III
ITEM
10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
The
information required by this Item is set forth under the sections
captioned “Director Nominees”, “Executive
Officers of the Company “, “Security Ownership Of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, “Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, “Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics”, “Board Committees –
Governance Committee” and “Board Committees –
Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee” contained in the Proxy
Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM
11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The
information required by this Item is set forth under the section
captioned “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”,
“Summary Compensation Table”, “Grants of
Plan-Based Awards”, “Outstanding Equity Awards at
Fiscal Year End”, “Option Exercises and Stock
Vested”, “Pension Benefits”, “Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation”, “Employment Agreements”,
“Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in
Control”, “Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive
Plan”, “Director Compensation”,
“Compensation Committee – Compensation Committee
Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation
Committee – Compensation Committee Report” contained in
the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM
12.
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
For the
information required by the Item see the section captioned
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management” contained in the Proxy Statement, which section
is incorporated herein by reference.
The
following table presents the number of shares of Company common
stock to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options,
warrants and rights; the weighted-average price of the outstanding
options, warrants and rights and the number of options, warrants
and rights remaining that may be issued under the Company’s
Omnibus Stock and Long Term Incentive Plans. The Company's 2020
Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan is described
under the section captioned “Omnibus Stock Option and Long
Term Incentive Plan” contained in the Proxy
Statement.
Plan Category
|
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of
outstanding option, warrants and rights (1), (2), (3), (4),
(5)
|
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants
and rights (6)
|
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under
equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column
(a))
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
compensation plans approved by security holders
|
25,868
|
$-
|
292,365
|
Equity
compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
|
25,868
|
$-
|
292,365
|
(1) Includes 5,104 restricted stock units granted on February 18,
2016 (adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid December 15, 2017)
under the 2009 Omnibus and Long Term Incentive Plan. These
restricted stock grants vested on February 18, 2020.
(2) Includes 4,114 restricted stock units granted on March 1, 2017
(adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid December 15, 2017) under
the 2009 Omnibus
and Long Term Incentive Plan . These restricted stock grants
vested on March 1, 2021.
(3) Includes 3,725 restricted stock units granted on January 24,
2018 under the 2009
Omnibus
and Long Term Incentive Plan . These restricted stock
grants vest on January 24, 2022.
(4) Includes 5,290 restricted stock units granted on February 21,
2019 under the 2009
Omnibus
and Long Term Incentive Plan . These restricted stock
grants vest on February 21, 2023.
(5) Includes 7,635 restricted stock units granted on May 7, 2020
under the 2020
Omnibus
and Long Term Incentive Plan . These restricted stock
grants vest on May 7, 2024.
(6) Grants of restricted stock units under the 2009
and
2020 Omnibus and Long Term Incentive Plan do not have
an exercise price.
The
above table excludes shares to be awarded pursuant to the Service
Recognition Program. The Service Recognition Program is described
under the section captioned "Discretionary Bonus and Service
Awards" contained in the Proxy Statement.
ITEM
13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
See the
sections captioned “Indebtedness of and Transactions with
Management and Directors” and “Board Leadership
Structure and Risk Oversight” contained in the Proxy
Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM
14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
See the
section captioned “Proposal 3 - Ratification of Selection of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” contained in
the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by
reference.
PART IV
ITEM
15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
15(a)1.
Consolidated
Financial Statements (contained in the Annual Report attached
hereto as Exhibit (13) and incorporated herein by
reference)
(a)
Reports of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(b)
Consolidated
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
(c)
Consolidated
Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018
(d)
Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31,
2020, 2019 and 2018
(e)
Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years
Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(f)
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018
(g)
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
15(a)2.
Consolidated
Financial Statement Schedules
All
schedules have been omitted, as the required information is either
inapplicable or included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Articles of
Amendment dated December 19, 2008, regarding the Series A
Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(1) to the
Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
December 29, 2008
Articles of
Amendment dated February 26, 2010 incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (3)(2) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on March 25, 2010
Articles of
Incorporation of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (3)(i) to the Form 8-A filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on September 2, 1999
Second Amended and
Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (3)(ii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on June 24, 2015
Specimen Stock
Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to the Form
8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September
2, 1999
Description of
Registrant’s Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4(ii) to the Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on March 16, 2020
Amended and
Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples
Bank and Tony W. Wolfe dated December 18, 2008, incorporated
by reference to Exhibit (10)(a)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29,
2008
Amended and
Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples
Bank and Joseph F. Beaman, Jr. dated December 18, 2008,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(b)(iii) to the Form 8-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29,
2008
Amended and
Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples
Bank and William D. Cable, Sr. dated December 18, 2008,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c)(iii) to the Form 8-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29,
2008
Employment
Agreement dated January 22, 2015 between the Registrant and William
D. Cable, Sr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c) to the
Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
February 9, 2015
Amended and
Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples
Bank and Lance A. Sellers dated December 18, 2008,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d)(iii) to the Form 8-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29,
2008
Employment
Agreement dated January 22, 2015 between the Registrant and Lance
A. Sellers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(a) to the
Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
February 9, 2015
Amended and
Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples
Bank and A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. dated December 18, 2008,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(f)(iii) to the Form 8-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29,
2008
Employment
Agreement dated January 22, 2015 between the Registrant and A.
Joseph Lampron, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(b)
to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on February 9, 2015
Peoples Bank
Directors’ and Officers’ Deferral Plan, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (10)(h) to the Form 10-K filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2002
Rabbi Trust for the
Peoples Bank Directors’ and Officers’ Deferral Plan,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(i) to the Form 10-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28,
2002
Description of
Service Recognition Program maintained by Peoples Bank,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(i) to the Form 10-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27,
2003
Capital Securities
Purchase Agreement dated as of June 26, 2006, by and among the
Registrant, PEBK Capital Trust II and Bear, Sterns Securities
Corp., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(j) to the Form
10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November
13, 2006
Amended and
Restated Trust Agreement of PEBK Capital Trust II, dated as of June
28, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(k) to the Form
10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November
13, 2006
Guarantee Agreement
of the Registrant dated as of June 28, 2006, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (10)(l) to the Form 10-Q filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13,
2006
Indenture, dated as
of June 28, 2006, by and between the Registrant and LaSalle Bank
National Association, as Trustee, relating to Junior Subordinated
Debt Securities Due September 15, 2036, incorporated by reference
to Exhibit (10)(m) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006
Form of Amended and
Restated Director Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Peoples
Bank and Directors Robert C. Abernethy, James S. Abernethy, Douglas
S. Howard, John W. Lineberger, Jr., Gary E. Matthews,
Dr. Billy L Price, Jr., Larry E Robinson, W. Gregory Terry,
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr., and Benjamin I. Zachary, incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (10)(n) to the Form 8-K filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29,
2008
2009 Omnibus Stock
Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (10)(o) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on March 20, 2009
First Amendment to
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement
between Peoples Bank and Lance A. Sellers dated February 16,
2018
First Amendment to
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement
between Peoples Bank and A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. dated February 16,
2018
First Amendment to
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement
between Peoples Bank and William D. Cable, Sr. dated February 16,
2018
2020 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term
Incentive Plan
2020 Annual Report
of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.,
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (14) to the Form 10-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25,
2005
Subsidiaries of the
Registrant
Consent of Elliott
Davis, PLLC
Certification of
principal executive officer pursuant to section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of
principal financial officer pursuant to section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Exhibit
(101)
The following
materials from the Company’s 10-K Report for the annual
period ended December 31, 2020, formatted in eXtensible Business
Reporting Language (“XBRL”): (i) the Condensed
Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Earnings, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements
of Comprehensive Income (iv) the Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.
|
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
|
|
(Registrant)
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Lance A. Sellers
|
|
Lance
A. Sellers
|
|
President
and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
Date:
March 19, 2021
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Lance A. Sellers
|
|
President
and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
Lance
A. Sellers
|
|
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
James S. Abernethy
|
|
Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
James
S. Abernethy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Robert C. Abernethy
|
|
Chairman
of the Board and Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
Robert
C. Abernethy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Douglas S. Howard
|
|
Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
Douglas
S. Howard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Jeffrey N. Hooper
|
|
Executive
Vice President and Chief
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
Jeffrey
N. Hooper
|
|
Financial
Officer (Principal Financial
|
|
|
|
|
and
Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
John W. Lineberger, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
John W.
Lineberger, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Gary E. Matthews
|
|
Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
Gary E.
Matthews
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.
|
|
Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
Billy
L. Price, Jr., M.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Larry E. Robinson
|
|
Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
Larry
E. Robinson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
William Gregory Terry
|
|
Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
William
Gregory Terry
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dan
Ray Timmerman, Sr.
|
|
Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
Dan Ray
Timmerman, Sr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Benjamin I. Zachary
|
|
Director
|
|
March
19, 2021
|
Benjamin
I. Zachary
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT (10)(xxi)
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
2020 OMNIBUS STOCK OWNERSHIP AND
LONG
TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
May
7, 2020
THIS IS
THE 2020 OMNIBUS STOCK OWNERSHIP AND LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
(“Plan”) of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
(the “Company”), a North Carolina corporation with its
principal office in Newton, Catawba County, North Carolina, under
which Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Options to acquire
Shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units,
Stock Appreciation Rights, and/or Performance Units may be granted
from time to time to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees of
the Company and of any of its Subsidiaries, subject to the
following provisions.
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
The
following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Additional
terms defined in this Plan shall have the meanings ascribed to them
when first used herein.
Award.
An award, grant or issuance of any of the Rights available under
this Plan.
Award
Agreement. The
written agreement between the Company and/or the Bank and the
Grantee that evidences and sets out the terms and conditions of an
Award, subject to the provisions of this Plan.
Bank.
Peoples Bank, Newton, North Carolina.
Board.
The Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina,
Inc.
Change in
Control. Any one of
the following corporate events: (i) a Change of Ownership; (ii) a
Change in Effective Control; or (iii) a Change of Asset Ownership;
in each case, as defined herein and as further defined and
interpreted in Section 409A.
(i)
“Change of Ownership” shall mean the date one person
(or group) acquires ownership of stock of the Company that,
together with stock previously held, constitutes more than 50% of
the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of
the Company; provided that such person (or group) did not
previously own 50% or more of the value or voting power of the
stock of the Company.
(ii)
“Change in Effective Control” means the date either (A)
one person (or group) acquires (or has acquired during the
preceding 12 months ending on the date of the most recent
acquisition) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or
more of the total voting power of the Company stock or (B) a
majority of the board of directors of the Company is replaced
during any 12 month period by directors whose election is not
endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors of
the Company prior to the date of such appointment or
election.
(iii)
“Change of Asset Ownership” means the date one person
(or group) acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months
ending on the date of the most recent acquisition) assets from the
Company that have a total gross fair market value that is equal to
or exceeds 40% of the total gross fair market value of all the
Company’s assets immediately prior to such
acquisition.
(iv)
For purposes of determining whether the Company has undergone a
Change in Control under the Plan, the term “Company”
shall include any corporation that is a majority shareholder of the
Company within the meaning of Section 409A (i.e., owning more than
50% of the total fair market value and total voting power of the
Company).
Code.
The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a
section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any
regulations promulgated thereunder.
Committee.
The Compensation Committee of the Board, which shall be composed
solely of two or more members of the Board who are
“non-employee directors” as described in Rule 16(b)(3)
of the Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.
Common
Stock. The Common
Stock, no par value, of the Company.
Corporate
Transaction. Any one
or more of the following transactions:
(i)
a merger or
consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity,
except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to
change the state in which the Company is incorporated;
(ii)
the sale, transfer,
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company (including without limitation the capital stock of the
Company’s Subsidiaries);
(iii)
approval by the
Company’s shareholders of any plan or proposal for the
complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
(iv)
any reverse merger
in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which
securities possessing more than fifty (50%) percent of the total
combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities
are transferred to a person or entity or persons or entities
different from those that held such securities immediately prior to
such merger; or
(v)
acquisition by any
person or entity or related group of persons or entities (other
than the Company or a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of
beneficiary ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the
Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty (50%)
percent of the total combined voting power of the Company’s
outstanding securities (whether or not in a transaction also
constituting a Change in Control).
Death.
The date and time of death of an Eligible Director or Eligible
Employee who has received Rights, as established by the relevant
death certificate.
Disability.
The date on which an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee who has
received Rights is:
(i)
unable to engage in
any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically
determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to
result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period
of not less than 12 months, or
(ii)
by reason of any
medically determinable physical or mental impairment (which can be
expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months), receiving income
replacement benefits for a period of 3 or more months under an
accident and health plan covering employees of the Company and/or
the Bank, or
(iii)
determined to be
disabled by the Social Security Administration.
Effective
Date. Pursuant to the
action of the Board adopting the Plan, the date as of which this
Plan is effective is the date it is approved by the Company’s
shareholders.
Eligible
Directors. Those
individuals who are duly elected directors of the Company or any
Subsidiary who are serving in such capacity and who have been
selected by the Committee as a person to whom a Right or Rights
shall be granted under the Plan.
Eligible
Employees. Those
individuals who meet the following eligibility
requirements:
(i)
Such individual
must be a full time employee of the Company or a Subsidiary. For
this purpose, an individual shall be considered to be an
“employee” only if there exists between the Company or
a Subsidiary and the individual the legal and bona fide
relationship of employer and employee. In determining whether such
relationship exists, the regulations of the United States Treasury
Department relating to the determination of such relationship for
the purpose of collection of income tax at the source on wages
shall be applied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of
determining eligibility to receive ISOs, an Eligible Employee shall
mean a full time employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary
corporation within the meaning of Section 424 of the
Code.
(ii)
If the Registration
shall not have occurred, such individual must have such knowledge
and experience in financial and business matters that he or she is
capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment
involved in the receipt and/or exercise of a Right.
(iii)
Such individual,
being otherwise an Eligible Employee under the foregoing items,
shall have been selected by the Committee as a person to whom a
Right or Rights shall be granted under the Plan.
Fair Market
Value. With respect
to the Company’s Common Stock, the market price per share of
such Common Stock determined by the Committee, consistent with the
requirements of Sections 409A and 422 of the Code and to the extent
consistent therewith, determined as follows, as of the date
specified in the context within which such term is
used:
(i)
When there is a
public market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be
determined by (A) the closing price for a share on the market
trading day on the date of the determination (and if a closing
price was not reported on that date, then the arithmetic mean of
the closing bid and asked prices at the close of the market on that
date, and if these prices were not reported on that date, then the
closing price on the last trading date on which a closing price was
reported) on the stock exchange or national market system that is
the primary market for the Shares; and (B) if the shares are not
traded on such stock exchange or national market system, the
arithmetic mean of the closing bid and asked prices for a share on
the Nasdaq Stock Market for the day prior to the date of the
determination (and if these prices were not reported on that date,
then on the last date on which these prices were reported), in each
case as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source
that the Committee considers reliable in its exclusive
discretion.
(ii)
If the Committee,
in its exclusive discretion, determines that the foregoing methods
do not apply or produce a reasonable valuation, then Fair Market
Value shall be determined by an independent appraisal that
satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(28)(C) as of a
date within twelve (12) months before the date of the transaction
for which the appraisal is used, e.g., the date of grant of an
Award (the “Appraisal”). If the Committee, in its
exclusive discretion, determines that the Appraisal does not
reflect information available after the date of the Appraisal that
may materially affect the value of the shares, then Fair Market
Value shall be determined by a new Appraisal.
(iii)
The Committee shall
maintain a written record of its method of determining Fair Market
Value.
Grantee.
A person who receives or holds an Award under the
Plan.
ISO.
An “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422
of the Code.
Non-Qualified
Option. Any Option
granted under Article III whether designated by the Committee as a
Non-Qualified Option or otherwise, other than an Option designated
by the Committee as an ISO, or any Option so designated but which,
for any reason, fails to qualify as an ISO pursuant to Section 422
of the Code and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Option
Agreement. The
agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to Options
granted to such Grantee, including such terms and provisions as are
necessary or appropriate under Article III.
Options.
ISOs and Non-Qualified Options are collectively referred to herein
as “Options;” provided, however, whenever reference is
specifically made only to ISOs or Non-Qualified Options, such
reference shall be deemed to be made to the exclusion of the
other.
Parent.
A corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of
corporations ending with the Company, if on the date of grant of an
Award each corporation, other than the Company, owns stock
possessing at least fifty (50%) percent of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other
corporations in the chain.
Performance
Units. The Right of a
Grantee to receive a combination of cash and Shares under such
terms and conditions as described in Article V.
Performance Unit
Agreement. The
agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to the
award of Performance Units to the Grantee, including such terms and
conditions as are necessary or appropriate under Article
V.
Plan
Pool. A total of
300,000 shares of authorized but unissued Common Stock, as such
number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the
provisions of the Plan.
Registration.
The registration by the Company under the 1933 Act and applicable
state “Blue Sky” and securities laws of this Plan, the
offering of Rights under this Plan, the offering of Shares under
this Plan, and/or the Shares acquirable under this
Plan.
Related
Entity. A corporation
or other entity, other than the Company, to which the Grantee
primarily provides services on the date of grant of an Award, and
any corporation or other entity, other than the Company, in an
unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the
Company in which each corporation or other entity has a controlling
interest in another corporation or other entity in the chain,
ending with the corporation or other entity that has a controlling
interest in the corporation or other entity to which the Grantee
primarily provides services on the date of grant of an Award. For a
corporation, a controlling interest means ownership of stock
possessing at least fifty (50%) percent of total combined voting
power of all classes of stock, or at least fifty (50%) percent of
the total value of all classes of stock. For a partnership or
limited liability company, a controlling interest means ownership
of at least fifty (50%) percent of the profits interest or capital
interest of the entity. In determining ownership, the rules of
Treasury Regulation §§1.414(c)-3 and 1.414(c)-4
apply.
Related Entity
Disposition. The
sale, distribution, or other disposition by the Company, Parent, or
a Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the interests of the
Company, Parent, or a Subsidiary in any Related Entity effected by
a sale, merger, consolidation, or other transaction involving that
Related Entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of that Related Entity, other than any Related Entity
Disposition to the Company, Parent, or a Subsidiary.
Restricted
Stock. The Shares
which a Grantee shall be entitled to receive under such terms and
conditions as described in Article IV.
Restricted Stock
Agreement. The
agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to Rights
to receive Restricted Stock, including such terms and provisions as
are necessary or appropriate under Article IV.
Restricted Stock
Units. The Right of a
Grantee to receive cash and/or Shares under such terms and
conditions as described in Article IV.
Restricted Stock
Unit Agreement. The
agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to Rights
to receive the value of Shares, either in the form of cash or
Shares, including such terms and provisions as are necessary or
appropriate under Article IV.
Rights.
The rights to exercise, purchase or receive the Options, Restricted
Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, and SARs
described herein.
SAR.
The Right of a Grantee to receive cash under such terms and
conditions as described in Article VI.
SAR
Agreement. The
agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to the SAR
awarded to the Grantee, including such terms and conditions as are
necessary or appropriate under Article VI.
SEC.
The Securities and Exchange Commission.
Section
409A. Internal
Revenue Code Section 409A, including guidance and regulations
issued thereunder.
Section 424
Corporate Transaction. The occurrence, in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions, of any one or more
of the following: (i) a sale or disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (ii) a sale
or other disposition of more than fifty (50%) percent of the
outstanding stock of the Company; (iii) the consummation of a
merger, consolidation, or similar transaction after which the
Company is not the surviving corporation; (iv) the consummation of
a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction after which the
Company is the surviving corporation but the shares outstanding
immediately preceding the merger, consolidation, or similar
transaction are converted or exchanged by reason of the transaction
into other stock, property, or cash; or (v) a distribution by the
Company (excluding an ordinary dividend or a stock split or stock
dividend described in Treasury Regulation
§1.424-1(e)(4)(v)).
Separation from
Service. When an
employee, director, and contractor to the Company, Bank, and all
Parents and Related Entities has a “separation from
service” within the meaning of Section 409A, including when
the Grantee dies, retires or has a termination of service in as
explained in the following provisions:
(i)
The employment
relationship is treated as continuing intact while the Grantee is
on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence,
if the period of leave does not exceed six (6) months or, if
longer, as long as the employee’s right to reemployment with
the Company, Bank, a Parent or a Related Entity is provided by
statute or contract. A leave of absence is bona fide only if there
is a reasonable expectation that the employee will return to
perform services for the Company, Bank, Parent, or Related Entity.
If the period of leave exceeds six (6) months and the
Grantee’s right to reemployment is not provided by statute or
contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the
first day immediately following the six (6) month
period.
(ii)
A director or
contractor has a separation from service upon the expiration of the
contract, and if there is more than one contract, all contracts,
under which the director or contractor performs services as long as
the expiration is a good faith and complete termination of the
contractual relationship.
(iii)
If a Grantee
performs services in more than one capacity, the Grantee must
separate from service in all capacities as an employee, director,
and contractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Grantee
provides services both as an employee and a director, the services
provided as a director are not taken into account in determining
whether the Grantee has a separation from service as an employee
under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan in which the
Grantee participates as an employee and that is not aggregated
under Section 409A with any plan in which the Grantee participates
as a director. In addition, if a Grantee provides services both as
an employee and a director, the services provided as an employee
are not taken into account in determining whether the Grantee has a
separation from service as a director under a nonqualified deferred
compensation plan in which the Grantee participates as a director
and that is not aggregated under Section 409A with any plan in
which the Grantee participates as an employee.
Share.
A share of Common Stock.
Specified
Employee. A
“specified employee” as defined by Section 409A. As of
the date of the adoption of this amended and restated Plan, Section
409A provides that if the Company’s Common Stock is publicly
traded on an established securities market or otherwise, then
“specified employee” means senior officers who make
$185,000 or more annually (indexed) (limited to the top 3 such
officers or, if greater (up to a maximum of 50), the top 10%)); 1%
owners whose compensation is $150,000 or more annually; and 5%
owners regardless of their compensation).
Subsidiary.
A subsidiary corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, under
Code Section 424(f).
Tax Withholding
Liability. All
federal and state income taxes, social security tax, and any other
taxes applicable to the compensation income arising from the
transaction required by applicable law to be withheld by the
Company.
Termination of
Employment. In this
Plan, all references to termination of employment mean that the
Eligible Employee or Eligible Director has had a Separation from
Service.
Transfer.
The sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation,
encumbrance, loan, gift, attachment, levy upon, assignment for the
benefit of creditors, by operation of law (by will or descent and
distribution), transfer by a qualified domestic relations order, a
property settlement or maintenance agreement, transfer by result of
the bankruptcy laws or otherwise of a Share or of a
Right.
1933
Act. The Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
1934
Act. The Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
ARTICLE
II
GENERAL
Section
2.1. Purpose.
The purposes of this Plan are to encourage and motivate directors
and key employees to contribute to the successful performance of
the Company and its Subsidiaries and the growth of the market value
of the Common Stock; to achieve a unity of purpose among such
directors, key employees and the Company’s shareholders by
providing ownership opportunities, and a unity of interest among
such parties in the achievement of the Company’s primary long
term performance objectives; and to retain key employees by
rewarding them with potentially tax-advantageous future
compensation. These objectives will be promoted through the
granting of Rights to designated Eligible Directors and Eligible
Employees pursuant to the terms of this Plan.
Section
2.2. Administration.
(a) The
Plan shall be administered by the Committee which meets, and shall
continue to meet, the standards of Rule 16b-3(d)(1) promulgated by
the SEC under the 1934 Act. Subject to the provisions of SEC Rule
16b-3(d)(1), the Committee may designate any officers or employees
of the Company or any Subsidiary to assist in the administration of
the Plan, to execute documents on behalf of the Committee and to
perform such other ministerial duties as may be delegated to them
by the Committee.
(b)
Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the determinations and the
interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan by the
Committee shall be final and conclusive upon all persons affected
thereby. By way of illustration and not of limitation, the
Committee shall have the discretion (a) to construe and interpret
the Plan and all Rights granted hereunder and to determine the
terms and provisions (and amendments thereof) of the Rights granted
under the Plan (which need not be identical); (b) to define the
terms used in the Plan and in the Rights granted hereunder; (c) to
prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to
the Plan; (d) to determine the Eligible Employees to whom and the
time or times at which such Rights shall be granted, the number of
Shares, as and when applicable, to be subject to each Right, the
exercise, other relevant purchase price or value pertaining to a
Right, and the determination of leaves of absence which may be
granted to Eligible Employees without constituting a termination of
their employment for the purposes of the Plan, provided that the
determination must be in compliance with Section 409A if Section
409A applies to the Rights; and (e) to make all other
determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the
Plan. Provided, however, that the Committee shall administer and
interpret the Plan in a manner so as to comply with Section 409A to
the extent that Section 409A applies to any portion(s) of the Plan.
Only the full Board has the discretion to determine the Eligible
Directors to whom and the time or times at which such Rights shall
be granted, the number of Shares, as and when applicable, to be
subject to each Right, the exercise, and other relevant purchase
price or value pertaining to a Right. References to the Committee
contained in this Agreement will also mean the Board wherever
Rights of Eligible Directors are addressed.
(c) It
shall be in the discretion of the Committee to grant Options to
purchase Shares which qualify as ISOs under the Code or which will
be given tax treatment as Non-Qualified Options. Any Options
granted which fail to satisfy the requirements for ISOs shall
become Non-Qualified Options.
(d) The
intent of the Company is to register the (i) offering of Shares
pertaining to or underlying the Rights and the offering of Rights
pursuant to this Plan, (ii) this Plan and (iii) the Rights, to the
extent required, under the 1933 Act and applicable state securities
and “Blue Sky” laws. In such event, the Company shall
make available to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees
receiving Rights, and/or Shares in connection therewith, all
disclosure documents required under such federal and state laws. If
such Registration shall not occur, the Committee shall be
responsible for supplying the recipient of a Right, and/or Shares
in connection therewith, with such information about the Company as
is contemplated by the federal and state securities laws in
connection with exemptions from the registration requirements of
such laws, as well as providing the recipient of a Right with the
opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the
Company and the terms and conditions of the Rights granted under
this Plan. In addition, if such Registration shall not occur, the
Committee shall be responsible for determining the maximum number
of Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees and the suitability of
particular persons to be Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees
in order to comply with applicable federal and state securities
statutes and regulations governing such exemptions.
(e) In
determining the Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees to whom
Rights shall be granted and the number of Shares to be covered by
each Right, the Committee shall take into account the nature of the
services rendered by such Eligible Directors and Eligible
Employees, their present and potential contributions to the success
of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries and such other factors as
the Committee shall deem relevant. An Eligible Director or Eligible
Employee who has been granted a Right under the Plan may be granted
additional Rights under the Plan if the Committee shall so
determine.
If,
pursuant to the terms of the Plan, or otherwise in connection with
the Plan, it is necessary that the percentage of stock ownership of
an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee be determined, the
ownership attribution provisions set forth in Section 424(d) of the
Code shall be controlling.
(f) The
granting of Rights pursuant to this Plan is in the exclusive
discretion of the Committee, and until the Committee acts, no
individual shall have any rights under this Plan. The terms of this
Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with this
intent.
Section
2.3. Stock
Matters.
(a)
Shares Available for
Rights. Shares shall be subject to, or underlying, grants of
Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, SARs,
Performance Units and Book Value Shares under this Plan. The total
number of Shares for which, or with respect to which, Rights may be
granted (including the number of Shares in respect of which
Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, SARs, Performance Units
and Book Value Shares may be granted) under this Plan shall be
those designated in the Plan Pool. In the event that a Right
granted under the Plan to any Eligible Director or Eligible
Employee expires or is terminated unexercised as to any Shares
covered thereby, such Shares thereafter shall be deemed available
in the Plan Pool for the granting of Rights under this Plan;
provided, however, if the expiration or termination date of a Right
is beyond the term of the Plan as described in Section 7.3, then
any Shares covered by unexercised or terminated Rights shall not
reactivate the existence of this Plan and therefore shall not be
available for additional grants of Rights under this
Plan.
(b)
Adjustments upon Changes
in Capitalization. In the event of changes in the
outstanding Common Stock or in the capital structure of the Company
by reason of any stock or extraordinary cash dividend, stock split,
reverse stock split, an extraordinary corporate transaction such as
any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation,
combination, exchange, or other relevant change in capitalization
occurring after the grant date of any Award, Awards granted under
the Plan and any Award Agreements, the exercise price of
Options and SARs, the performance goals to which Performance Units
are subject, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in the
Plan Pool subject to all Awards will be equitably adjusted or
substituted, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Common
Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards to the extent
necessary to preserve the economic intent of such Award. In the
case of adjustments made pursuant to this Section 2.3(b), unless
the Committee specifically determines that such adjustment is in
the best interests of the Company or its affiliates, the Committee
shall, in the case of ISOs, ensure that any adjustments under
this Section 2.3(b) will not constitute a modification, extension
or renewal of the ISOs within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of
the Code and in the case of Non-qualified Options, ensure that any
adjustments under this Section 2.3(b) will not constitute a
modification of such Non-qualified Options within the meaning of
Section 409A. Any adjustments made under this Section 2.3(b) shall
be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption
provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act. The Company
shall give each affected Grantee notice of an adjustment hereunder
and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding
for all purposes.
(c)
Corporate
Transactions/Changes in Control/Related Entity Dispositions.
Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement:
(i)
On the specified
effective date of a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control,
each Award that is at the time outstanding automatically shall
become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any
restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions
applicable to ISOs) and repurchase or forfeiture rights,
immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Corporate
Transaction or Change in Control, for all the Shares at the time
represented by such Award (except to the extent that such
acceleration of exercisability would result in an “excess
parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the
Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Committee may,
in its exclusive discretion, provide as part of a Section 424
Corporate Transaction that any one or more of the foregoing
provisions shall not apply.
(ii)
On the specified
effective date of a Related Entity Disposition, for each Grantee
who on such specified effective date is engaged primarily in
service to the Related Entity that is the subject of the Related
Entity Disposition, each Award that is at the time outstanding
automatically shall become fully vested and exercisable and be
released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer
restrictions applicable to ISOs) and repurchase and forfeiture
rights, immediately prior to the specified effective date of such
Related Entity Disposition, for all the Shares at the time
represented by such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions, the Committee may, in its exclusive discretion, provide
as part of a Section 424 Corporate Transaction that any one or more
of the foregoing provisions shall not apply.
(iii)
The Committee may
provide in any Award, Award Agreement, or as part of a Section 424
Corporate Transaction, that if the requirements of Treas. Reg.
§1.424-1 (without regard to the requirement described in
Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a)(2) that an eligible corporation be the
employer of the optionee) would be met if the stock right were an
ISO, the substitution of a new stock right pursuant to a Section
424 Corporate Transaction for an outstanding stock right or the
assumption of an outstanding stock right pursuant to a Section 424
Corporate Transaction shall not be treated as the grant of a new
stock right or a change in the form of payment. The requirement of
Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a)(5)(iii) is deemed satisfied if the
ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market Value of the Shares
immediately after the substitution or assumption is not greater
than the ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market Value of
the Shares immediately before the substitution or assumption. In
the case of a transaction described in Code Section 355 in which
the stock of the distributing corporation and the stock distributed
in the transaction are both readily tradable on an established
securities market immediately after the transaction, the
requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a)(5) may be satisfied
by:
(1)
using the last sale
before or the first sale after the specified date as of which such
valuation is being made, the closing price on the last trading day
before or the trading day of a specified date, the arithmetic mean
of the high and low prices on the last trading day before or the
trading day of such specified date, or any other reasonable method
using actual transactions in such stock as reported by such market
on a specified date, for the stock of the distributing corporation
and the stock distributed in the transaction, provided the
specified date is designated before such specified date, and such
specified date is not more than sixty (60) days after the
transaction;
(2)
using the
arithmetic mean of such market price on trading days during a
specified period designated before the beginning of such specified
period, when such specified period is not longer than thirty (30)
days and ends no later than sixty (60) days after the transaction;
or
(3)
using an average of
such prices during such prespecified period weighted based on the
volume of trading of such stock on each trading day during such
prespecified period.
(d)
No Limitations on Power of
Company. The grant of a Right pursuant to this Plan shall
not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make
adjustments, reclassification, reorganizations or changes of its
capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to
dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its
business or assets.
(e) No
fractional Shares shall be issued under this Plan for any
adjustment under Section 2.3(b).
(f) In
the event of a Change in Control or pending Change in Control, the
Committee may in its discretion and upon at least 10 days' advance
notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and
pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination
thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of
Common Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of
the Company in the event. In the case of any Option or SAR with an
exercise price (or SAR Exercise Price in the case of a SAR) that
equals or exceeds the price paid for a share of Common Stock in
connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the
Option or SAR without the payment of consideration
therefor.
Section
2.4. Section 409A
Matters.
The Plan and the Awards issued
hereunder are intended to fall within available exemptions from the
application of Section 409A of the Code (the incentive stock option
exemption, the exemption for certain nonqualified stock options and
stock appreciation rights issued at Fair Market Value, the
restricted property exemption, and/or the short-term deferral
exemption). Thus, it is intended that the Awards fall outside the
scope of Section 409A and are not required to comply with the
Section 409A requirements. The Plan and the Awards will be
administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with the intent
set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Plan or in any Award Agreement, (i) this Plan and each Award
Agreement may be amended from time to time as the Committee may
determine to be necessary or appropriate in order to avoid any
grant of any Rights, this Plan, or any Award Agreement from
resulting in the inclusion of any compensation in the gross income
of any Grantee under Section 409A as amended from time to time, and
(ii) if any provision of this Plan or of any Award Agreement would
otherwise result in the inclusion of any compensation in the gross
income of any Grantee under Section 409A as amended from time to
time, then such provision shall not apply as to such Grantee and
the Committee, in its discretion, may apply in lieu thereof another
provision that (in the judgment of the Committee) accomplishes the
intent of this Plan or such Award Agreement without resulting in
such inclusion so long as such action by the Committee does not
violate Section 409A. The Company makes no representation or
warranty regarding the treatment of this Plan or the benefits
payable under this Plan or any Award Agreement under federal, state
or local income tax laws, including Section 409A.
Section
2.5. Amendment and
Discontinuance. The
Board may at any time alter, suspend, terminate or discontinue the
Plan, subject to Section 409A, and subject to any applicable
regulatory requirements and any required shareholder approval or
any shareholder approval which the Board may deem advisable for any
reason, such as for the purpose of obtaining or retaining any
statutory or regulatory benefits under tax, securities or other
laws or satisfying applicable stock exchange or quotation system
listing requirements. The Board may not, without the consent of the
Grantee of an Award previously granted, make any alteration which
would deprive the Grantee of his rights with respect thereto,
except to the extent an amendment is required in order for the
Award to comply with Section 409A, if applicable to the Award, or
to fall within an exemption from Section 409A.
Section
2.6. Compliance with
Rule 16b-3. It is the
intent of the Company that the Plan satisfy, and be
interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements
of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16 of the 1934 Act so
that Grantees will be entitled to the benefit of Rule 16b-3, or any
other rule promulgated under Section 16 of the 1934 Act, and will
not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the
1934 Act. Accordingly, if the operation of any provision of
the Plan would conflict with the intent expressed in this
Section 2.6, such provision to the extent possible shall be
interpreted and/or deemed amended so as to avoid such
conflict.
Section 2.7. Term
and Termination of Awards other than Performance
Units.
(a) The
Committee shall determine, and each Award Agreement shall state,
the expiration date or dates of each Award, but such expiration
date shall be not later than ten (10) years after the date such
Award is granted (the “Award Period”). In the event an
ISO is granted to a shareholder who owns more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of the Company, its Parent, or its Subsidiary
(a “10% Shareholder”), the expiration date or dates of
each Award Period shall be not later than five (5) years after the
date such ISO is granted. The Committee, in its discretion, may
extend the expiration date or dates of an Award Period after such
date was originally set; provided, however, such expiration date
may not exceed the maximum expiration date described in this
Section 2.7(a). Provided further that no extension will be granted
if it would violate Section 409A to the extent that Section 409A
applies to the Award.
(b) To
the extent not previously exercised, each Award will terminate upon
the expiration of the Award Period specified in the Award
Agreement; provided, however, that each such Award will terminate
immediately as of the date that the Grantee ceases to be an
Eligible Director or Eligible Employee for any reason other than
Death or Disability. In the event the Grantee ceases to be an
Eligible Director or Eligible Employee by reason of Death or
Disability, each Award will terminate upon the earlier of: (i)
twelve (12) months after the date that the Grantee ceases to be an
Eligible Director or Eligible Employee by reason of Death or
Disability; or (ii) the expiration of the Award Period specified in
the Award Agreement. Any portions of Awards not exercised within
the foregoing periods shall terminate.
(c)
This Section 2.7 applies to all Awards other than Performance
Units.
Section
2.8. Delay of Certain
Payments upon Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan
to the contrary, to the extent any Right is subject to Section
409A, and payment or exercise of such Right is on account of a
Termination of Employment, such payment or exercise shall only be
effectuated if the Grantee incurs a Separation from Service.
Payment will occur on the 60th day after the
Separation from Service. Provided, however, that if the Grantee is
a Specified Employee, payment or exercise shall be effectuated on
the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from
Service.
ARTICLE III
OPTIONS
Section 3.1. Grant
of Options.
(a) The
Company may grant Options to Eligible Directors and Eligible
Employees as provided in this Article III. Options will be deemed
granted pursuant to this Article III only upon (i) authorization by
the Committee, and (ii) the execution and delivery of an Option
Agreement by the Grantee and a duly authorized officer of the
Company. Options will not be deemed granted hereunder merely upon
authorization of such grant by the Committee. The aggregate number
of Shares potentially acquirable under all Options granted shall
not exceed the total number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all
Shares potentially acquired under, or underlying, all other Rights
outstanding under this Plan.
(b) The
Committee shall designate Options at the time a grant is authorized
as either ISOs or Non-Qualified Options. The aggregate Fair Market
Value (determined as of the time an ISO is granted) of the Shares
as to which an ISO may first become exercisable by a Grantee in a
particular calendar year (pursuant to Article III and all other
plans of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries) may not exceed
$100,000 (the “$100,000 Limitation”). If a Grantee is
granted Options in excess of the $100,000 Limitation, or if such
Options otherwise become exercisable with respect to the number of
Shares which would exceed the $100,000 Limitation, such excess
Options shall be Non-Qualified Options.
Section
3.2. Exercise
Price. The exercise
price of each Option granted under the Plan (the “Exercise
Price”) shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of
the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of
the Option. In the case of ISOs granted to a shareholder who owns
capital stock of the Company possessing more than ten percent (10%)
of the total combined voting power of all classes of the capital
stock of the Company (a “10% Shareholder”), the
Exercise Price of each Option granted under the Plan to such 10%
Shareholder shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent
(110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of
grant of the Option.
Section 3.3. Terms
and Conditions of Options.
(a) All
Options must be granted within ten (10) years of the Effective
Date.
(b) The
Committee may grant ISOs and Non-Qualified Options, either
separately or jointly, to an Eligible Employee. The Committee may
grant Non-Qualified Options to an Eligible Director but may not
grant ISOs to an Eligible Director.
(c) The
grant of Options shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement in form
and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its discretion,
consistent with the provisions of this Article III, and the Option
Agreement will fix the number of Shares subject to the
Option.
(d) At
the discretion of the Committee, a Grantee, as a condition to the
granting of the Option, must execute and deliver to the Company a
confidential information agreement approved by the
Committee.
(e)
Nothing contained in Article III, any Option Agreement or in any
other agreement executed in connection with the granting of an
Option under this Article III will confer upon any Grantee any
right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an
employee or director of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
(f)
Except as otherwise provided herein, each Option Agreement may
specify the period or periods of time within which each Option or
portion thereof will first become exercisable (the “Vesting
Period”) with respect to the total number of Shares
acquirable thereunder. Such Vesting Periods will be fixed by the
Committee in its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by
the Committee in its discretion.
(g) Not
less than one hundred (100) Shares may be purchased at any one time
through the exercise of an Option unless the number purchased is
the total number at that time purchasable under all Options granted
to the Grantee. No Option may be exercised for a fraction of a
share of Common Stock.
(h) A
Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with
respect to any Shares underlying such Option until payment in full
of the Exercise Price by such Grantee for the stock being
purchased. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or
extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or
distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to
the date such Shares is fully paid for, except as provided in
Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c).
(i) All
Shares obtained pursuant to an Option which is designated and
qualifies as an ISO shall be held in escrow for a period which ends
on the later of (i) two (2) years from the date of the granting of
the ISO or (ii) one (1) year after the issuance of such Shares
pursuant to the exercise of the ISO. Such Shares shall be held by
the Company or its designee. The Grantee who has exercised the ISO
shall have all rights of a shareholder, including, but not limited,
to the rights to vote, receive dividends and sell such shares. The
sole purpose of the escrow is to inform the Company of a
disqualifying disposition of the Shares acquired within the meaning
of Section 422 of the Code, and it shall be administered solely for
this purpose.
(j) When
Non-Qualified Options are transferred or exercised, the transfer or
exercise shall be subject to taxation under Code Section 83 and
Treasury Regulation §1.83-7. No Non-Qualified Option awarded
hereunder shall contain any feature for the deferral of
compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until
the later of exercise or disposition of the Option under Treasury
Regulation §1.83-7 or the time the stock acquired pursuant to
the exercise of the option first becomes substantially vested as
defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b). Further, each
Non-Qualified Option will comply with any other applicable Section
409A requirement in order to maintain the status of the
Non-Qualified Option as exempt from the requirements of Section
409A.
Section 3.4. Exercise of
Options.
(a) A
Grantee must at all times be an Eligible Director or Eligible
Employee from the date of grant until the exercise of the Options
granted, except as provided in Section 2.7(b).
(b) An
Option may be exercised to the extent exercisable (i) by giving
written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of
Shares to be purchased and, if applicable, accompanied by full
payment of the Exercise Price thereof and the amount of withholding
taxes pursuant to Section 3.4(c) below; and (ii) by giving
assurances satisfactory to the Company that the Shares to be
purchased upon such exercise are being purchased for investment and
not with a view to resale in connection with any distribution of
such Shares in violation of the 1933 Act; provided, however, that
in the event of the prior occurrence of the Registration or in the
event resale of such Shares without such Registration would
otherwise be permissible, the second condition will be inoperative
if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such condition is
not required under the 1933 Act or any other applicable law,
regulation or rule of any governmental agency.
(c) As
a condition to the issuance of the Shares upon full or partial
exercise of a Non-Qualified Option, the Grantee will pay to the
Company in cash, or in such other form as the Committee may
determine in its discretion, the amount of the Company’s Tax
Withholding Liability required in connection with such
exercise.
(d) The
Exercise Price of an Option shall be payable to the Company either
(i) in United States dollars, in cash or by check, bank draft or
money order payable to the order of the Company, or (ii) at the
discretion of the Committee, through the delivery of outstanding
shares of the Common Stock owned by the Grantee with a Fair Market
Value at the date of delivery equal to the aggregate Exercise Price
of the Option(s) being exercised, or (iii) at the discretion of the
Committee by reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock
otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair
Market Value at the date of delivery equal to the aggregate
Exercise Price of the Option(s) being exercised, or (iv) at the
discretion of the Committee by a combination of (i), (ii) or (iii)
above. No Shares shall be delivered until full payment has been
made. Except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c), the
Committee may not approve a reduction of such Exercise Price in any
such Option, or the cancellation of any such Options and the
regranting thereof to the same Grantee at a lower Exercise Price,
at a time when the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock is lower
than it was when such Option was granted. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, during any period for which the Common Stock is publicly
traded (i.e., the Common Stock is listed on any established stock
exchange or a national market system) an exercise by a Director or
Officer that involves or may involve a direct or indirect extension
of credit or arrangement of an extension of credit by the Company,
directly or indirectly, in violation of Section 402(a) of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 shall be prohibited with respect to any
Award under this Plan.
Section
3.5. Restrictions on
Transfer. An Option
granted under Article III may not be Transferred except by will or
the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of
the Grantee to whom it was granted, may be exercised only by such
Grantee.
Section
3.6. Stock
Certificates.
Certificates representing the Shares issued pursuant to the
exercise of Options will bear all legends required by law and
necessary to effectuate the provisions hereof. The Company may
place a “stop transfer” order against such Shares until
all restrictions and conditions set forth in this Article III, the
applicable Option Agreement, and in the legends referred to in this
Section 3.6 have been complied with.
ARTICLE IV
RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANTS
Section 4.1. Grants
of Restricted Stock.
(a) The
Company may grant Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to
Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees as provided in this
Article IV. Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units
will be deemed granted only upon (i) authorization by the Committee
and (ii) the execution and delivery of a Restricted Stock Agreement
or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as applicable, by the Grantee
and a duly authorized officer of the Company. Restricted Stock and
Restricted Stock Units will not be deemed to have been granted
merely upon authorization by the Committee. The aggregate number of
Shares potentially acquirable under all Restricted Stock Agreements
and all Restricted Stock Unit Agreements shall not exceed the total
number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially
acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under
this Plan.
(b)
Each grant of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units pursuant
to this Article IV will be evidenced by a Restricted Stock
Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as applicable,
between the Company and the Grantee in form and substance
satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent
with this Article IV. Each Restricted Stock Agreement and
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement will specify the purchase price per
share (the “Purchase Price”), if any, with respect to
the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to be issued to the
Grantee thereunder. The Purchase Price will be fixed by the
Committee in its exclusive discretion. The Purchase Price will be
payable to the Company in United States dollars in cash or by check
or such other legal consideration as may be approved by the
Committee, in its exclusive discretion.
(c)
Without limiting the foregoing, each Restricted Stock Agreement and
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall include the following terms
and conditions:
(i)
Nothing contained
in this Article IV, any Restricted Stock Agreement, any Restricted
Stock Unit Agreement, or in any other agreement executed in
connection with the issuance of Restricted Stock or Restricted
Stock Units under this Article IV will confer upon any Grantee any
right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an
employee or director of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
(ii)
Except as otherwise
provided herein, each Restricted Stock Agreement and each
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall specify the period or periods
of time within which each share of Restricted Stock or Restricted
Stock Unit or portion thereof will first become exercisable (the
"Vesting Period") with respect to the total number of shares of
Restricted Stock acquirable thereunder. Such Vesting Period will be
fixed by the Committee in its discretion, but generally shall be at
least two (2) years and one day of continued service with the
Company. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish a shorter
Vesting Period by specifically providing for such shorter period in
the Restricted Stock Agreement; provided, however, that the Vesting
Period shall not be less than one (1) year and one day of continued
service with the Company after the date on which the Restricted
Stock Right is granted.
(iii)
Each Restricted
Stock Unit Agreement shall specify whether the distribution will be
in the form of cash, shares or a combination of cash and
shares.
(iv)
Upon
satisfaction of the Vesting Period and any other applicable
restrictions, terms and conditions, the Grantee shall be entitled
to receive his Restricted Stock or payment of his Restricted Stock
Unit(s) on or before the sixtieth (60th) day following
satisfaction of the Vesting Period as provided in the Restricted
Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as
applicable.
Section 4.2. Restrictions on Transfer of Restricted
Stock and Restricted Stock Units.
(a)
Restricted Stock Units may not be Transferred, and shares of
Restricted Stock acquired by a Grantee may be Transferred only in
accordance with the specific limitations on the Transfer of
Restricted Stock imposed by applicable state or federal securities
laws and set forth below, and subject to certain undertakings of
the transferee set forth in Section 4.2(c). All Transfers of
Restricted Stock not meeting the conditions set forth in this
Section 4.2(a) are expressly prohibited.
(b) Any
Transfer of Restricted Stock Units and any prohibited Transfer of
Restricted Stock is void and of no effect. Should such a Transfer
purport to occur, the Company may refuse to carry out the Transfer
on its books, attempt to set aside the Transfer, enforce any
undertaking or right under this Section 4.2, or exercise any other
legal or equitable remedy.
(c) Any
Transfer of Restricted Stock that would otherwise be permitted
under the terms of this Plan is prohibited unless the transferee
executes such documents as the Company may reasonably require to
ensure the Company’s rights under a Restricted Stock
Agreement and this Article IV are adequately protected with respect
to the Restricted Stock so Transferred. Such documents may include,
without limitation, an agreement by the transferee to be bound by
all of the terms of this Plan applicable to Restricted Stock, and
of the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, as if the transferee
were the original Grantee of such Restricted Stock.
(d) To
facilitate the enforcement of the restrictions on Transfer set
forth in this Article IV, the Committee may, at its discretion,
require the Grantee of shares of Restricted Stock to deliver the
certificate(s) for such shares with a stock power executed in blank
by the Grantee and the Grantee’s spouse, to the Secretary of
the Company or his or her designee, to hold said certificate(s) and
stock power(s) in escrow and to take all such actions and to
effectuate all such Transfers and/or releases as are in accordance
with the terms of this Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement. The
certificates may be held in escrow so long as the shares of
Restricted Stock whose ownership they evidence are subject to any
restriction on Transfer under this Article IV or under a Restricted
Stock Agreement. Each Grantee acknowledges that the Secretary of
the Company (or his or her designee) is so appointed as the escrow
holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to
the issuance of shares of Restricted Stock under this Article IV,
that the appointment is coupled with an interest, and that it
accordingly will be irrevocable. The escrow holder will not be
liable to any party to a Restricted Stock Agreement (or to any
other party) for any actions or omissions unless the escrow holder
is grossly negligent relative thereto. The escrow holder may rely
upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature
purported to be genuine.
Section
4.3. Compliance with
Law. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Article IV, Restricted Stock and
Restricted Stock Units may be issued pursuant to this Article IV
only after there has been compliance with all applicable federal
and state securities laws, and such issuance will be subject to
this overriding condition. The Company may include shares of
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units in a Registration, but
will not be required to register or qualify Restricted Stock or
Restricted Stock Units with the SEC or any state agency, except
that the Company will register with, or as required by local law,
file for and secure an exemption from such registration
requirements from, the applicable securities administrator and
other officials of each jurisdiction in which an Eligible Director
or Eligible Employee would be issued Restricted Stock or Restricted
Stock Units hereunder prior to such issuance.
Section
4.4. Stock
Certificates.
Certificates representing the Restricted Stock issued pursuant to
this Article IV will bear all legends required by law and necessary
to effectuate the provisions hereof. The Company may place a
“stop transfer” order against shares of Restricted
Stock until all restrictions and conditions set forth in this
Article IV, the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and in the
legends referred to in this Section 4.4, have been complied
with.
Section
4.5. Market
Standoff. To the
extent requested by the Company and any underwriter of securities
of the Company in connection with a firm commitment underwriting,
no Grantee of any shares of Restricted Stock will sell or otherwise
Transfer any such shares not included in such underwriting, or not
previously registered in a Registration, during the one hundred
twenty (120) day period following the effective date of the
registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with such
offering.
Section 4.6. Rights
of Grantees of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock
Units.
(a) A
Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless
and until he receives Restricted Shares at the conclusion of the
Vesting Period.
(b) A
Grantee shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor
of the Company. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the
Company.
(c)
Unless the Committee otherwise provides in a dividend agreement
awarded to the Grantee at the time of the Award Agreement, the
Grantee shall have no rights to dividends, whether cash or stock,
until the Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units vest and
Shares are delivered to the Grantee except as provided in Sections
2.3(b) and 2.3(c).
ARTICLE
V
PERFORMANCE
UNITS
Section 5.1. Awards
of Performance Units.
(a) The
Committee may grant awards of Performance Units to Eligible
Directors and Eligible Employees as provided in this Article V.
Performance Units will be deemed granted only upon (i)
authorization by the Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery
of a Performance Unit Agreement by the Grantee and an authorized
officer of the Company. Performance Units will not be deemed
granted merely upon authorization by the Committee. Performance
Units may be granted in such amounts and to such Grantees as the
Committee may determine in its sole discretion subject to the
limitation in Section 5.2 below.
(b)
Each grant of Performance Units pursuant to this Article V will be
evidenced by a Performance Unit Agreement between the Company and
the Grantee in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in
its sole discretion, consistent with this Article V.
(c)
Except as otherwise provided herein, Performance Units will be
distributed only after the end of a performance period of two or
more years (“Performance Period”) beginning with the
year in which such Performance Units were awarded. The Performance
Period shall be set by the Committee for each year’s
awards.
(d) The
percentage of the Performance Units awarded under this Section 5.1
that will be distributed to Grantees shall depend on the levels of
financial performance and other performance objectives achieved
during each year of the Performance Period; provided, however, that
the Committee may adopt one or more performance categories or
eliminate all performance categories other than financial
performance. Financial performance shall be based on the
consolidated results of the Company and its Subsidiaries prepared
on the same basis as the financial statements published for
financial reporting purposes and determined in accordance with
Section 5.1(e) below. Other performance categories adopted by the
Committee shall be based on measurements of performance as the
Committee shall deem appropriate.
(e)
Distributions of Performance Units awarded will be based on the
Company’s financial performance with results from other
performance categories applied as a factor, not exceeding one,
against financial results. The annual financial and other
performance results will be averaged over the Performance Period
and translated into percentage factors according to graduated
criteria established by the Committee for the entire Performance
Period. The resulting percentage factors shall determine the
percentage of Units to be distributed.
No
distributions of Performance Units, based on financial performance
and other performance, shall be made if a minimum average
percentage of the applicable measurement of performance, to be
established by the Committee, is not achieved for the Performance
Period. The performance levels achieved for each Performance Period
and percentage of Performance Units to be distributed shall be
conclusively determined by the Committee.
(f) The
percentage of Performance Units awarded and which Grantees become
entitled to receive based on the levels of performance will be
determined as soon as practicable after each Performance Period and
are called “Retained Performance Units.”
(g) On
or before the 60th day after
determination of the number of Retained Performance Units, such
Retained Performance Units shall be distributed in the form of a
combination of shares and cash. The Committee, in its sole
discretion, will determine how much of the Retained Performance
Unit will be distributed in cash and how much will be distributed
in Shares. The Performance Units awarded, but which Grantees do not
become entitled to receive, shall be cancelled.
(h)
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article V, the
Committee, if it determines in its sole discretion that it is
necessary or advisable under the circumstances, may adopt rules
pursuant to which Eligible Employees by virtue of hire, or
promotion or upgrade to a higher employee grade classification, or
special individual circumstances, may be granted the total award of
Performance Units or any portion thereof, with respect to one or
more Performance Periods that began in prior years and at the time
of the awards have not yet been completed.
Section
5.2. Limitations.
The aggregate number of Shares potentially distributable under all
Units granted shall not exceed the total number of Shares in the
Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially acquirable under, or
underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this
Plan.
Section
5.3. Terms and
Conditions.
(a) All
awards of Performance Units must be made within ten (10) years of
the original Effective Date.
(b) The
award of Performance Units shall be evidenced by a Performance Unit
Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in
its discretion, consistent with the provisions of this Article
V.
(c)
Nothing contained in this Article V, any Performance Unit Agreement
or in any other agreement executed in connection with the award of
Performance Units under this Article V will confer upon any Grantee
any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as
an employee or director of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
Section 5.4. Special Distribution
Rules.
(a)
Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.4, a Grantee must be
an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee from the date a Unit is
awarded to him or her continuously through and including the date
of distribution of such Unit.
(b) In
case of the Death or Disability of a Grantee prior to the end of
any Performance Period, whether before or after any event set forth
in Section 2.3(c), the number of Performance Units awarded to the
Grantee for such Performance Period shall be reduced pro rata based
on the number of months remaining in the Performance Period after
the month of Death or Disability. The remaining Performance Units,
reduced in the discretion of the Committee to the percentage
indicated by the levels of performance achieved prior to the date
of Death or Disability, if any, shall be distributed within a
reasonable time after Death or Disability, but in no event later
than March 15 of the year following the year of the Grantee’s
Death or Disability. All other Units awarded to the Grantee for
such Performance Period shall be cancelled.
(c) In
case of the termination of the Grantee’s status as an
Eligible Director or Eligible Employee prior to the end of any
Performance Period for any reason other than Death or Disability,
all Performance Units awarded to the Grantee with respect to any
such Performance Period shall be immediately forfeited and
cancelled.
(d)
Upon a Grantee’s promotion to a higher employee grade
classification, the Committee may award to the Grantee the total
Performance Units, or any portion thereof, which are associated
with the higher employee grade classification for the current
Performance Period.
Notwithstanding any
other provision of the Plan, the Committee may reduce or eliminate
awards to a Grantee who has been demoted to a lower employee grade
classification, and where circumstances warrant, may permit
continued participation, proration, or a combination thereof, of
awards which would otherwise be cancelled.
Section 5.5. Rights
of Grantees of Performance Units.
(a) A
Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless
and until he receives Shares, if any.
(b) A
Grantee shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor
of the Company. Performance Units represent an unfunded and
unsecured obligation of the Company.
(c)
Unless the Committee otherwise provides in a dividend agreement
awarded to the Grantee at the time of the Performance Unit
Agreement, the Grantee shall have no rights to dividends, whether
cash or stock, unless and until Shares are delivered to the Grantee
except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c).
Section
5.6. Extraordinary
Adjustment. In
addition to the provisions of Section 2.3(b), if an extraordinary
change occurs during a Performance Period which significantly
alters the basis upon which the performance levels were established
under Section 5.1 for that Performance Period, to avoid distortion
in the operation of this Article V, but subject to Section 5.2, the
Committee may make adjustments in such performance levels to
preserve the incentive features of this Article V, whether before
or after the end of the Performance Period, to the extent it deems
appropriate in its sole discretion, which adjustments shall be
conclusive and binding upon all parties concerned. Provided,
however, that such adjustment must comply with Section 409A. Such
changes may include, without limitation, adoption of, or changes
in, accounting practices, tax laws and regulatory or other laws or
regulations; economic changes not in the ordinary course of
business cycles; or compliance with judicial decrees or other legal
authorities. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the
Committee may reduce the number of outstanding Units as it deems
appropriate in its sole discretion to reflect a shorter Performance
Period, to the extent permitted by Section 409A.
Section 5.7. Other
Conditions.
(a) No
person shall have any claim to be granted an award of Performance
Units under this Article V and there is no obligation for
uniformity of treatment of Eligible Directors, Eligible Employees
or Grantees under this Article V. Performance Units under this
Article V may not be Transferred.
(b) The
Company shall have the right to deduct from any distribution or
payment in cash under this Article V, and the Grantee or other
person receiving Shares under this Article V shall be required to
pay to the Company, any Tax Withholding Liability. The number of
Shares to be distributed to any individual Grantee may be reduced
by the number of Shares, the Fair Market Value on the Distribution
Date (as defined in Section 5.7(d) below) of which is equivalent to
the cash necessary to pay any Tax Withholding Liability, where the
cash to be distributed is not sufficient to pay such Tax
Withholding Liability or the Grantee may deliver to the Company
cash sufficient to pay such Tax Withholding Liability.
(c) Any
distribution of Shares under this Article V may be delayed until
the requirements of any applicable laws or regulations, and any
stock exchange or Nasdaq National Market requirements, are
satisfied. The Shares distributed under this Article V shall be
subject to such restrictions and conditions on disposition as
counsel for the Company shall determine to be desirable or
necessary under applicable law.
(d) For
the purpose of distribution of Performance Units in cash, the value
of a Performance Unit shall be the Fair Market Value on the
Distribution Date. The “Distribution Date” shall be the
first business day of April in the year of distribution, except
that in the case of special distributions the Distribution Date
shall be the first business day of the month following the month in
which the Committee determines the distribution.
(e)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V and subject
also to Section 5.5(c), no dividends shall accrue and no
distributions of Performance Units shall be made if at the time a
dividend would otherwise have accrued or distribution would
otherwise have been made:
(i)
the
regular quarterly dividend on the Common Stock has been omitted and
not subsequently paid or there exists any default in payment of
dividends on any such outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Company;
(ii)
the
rate of dividends on the Common Stock is lower than at the time the
Performance Units to which the accrued dividend relates were
awarded, adjusted for any change of the type referred to in Section
2.3(b);
(iii)
estimated
consolidated net income of the Company for the twelve-month period
preceding the month the dividend would otherwise have accrued and
distribution would otherwise have been made is less than the sum of
the amount of the accrued dividends and Performance Units eligible
for distribution under this Article V in that month plus all
dividends applicable to such period on an accrual basis, either
paid, declared or accrued at the most recently paid rate, on all
outstanding shares of Common Stock; or
(iv)
the
dividend accrual or distribution would result in a default in any
agreement by which the Company is bound.
(f) In
the event net income available under Section 5.7(e) above for
accrued dividends and awards eligible for distribution under this
Article V is sufficient to cover part but not all of such amounts,
the following order shall be applied in making payments: (i)
accrued dividends, and (ii) Performance Units eligible for
distribution under this Article V.
Section
5.8. Restrictions on
Transfer. Performance
Units granted under Article V may not be Transferred except by will
or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided in
Section 5.9, and during the lifetime of the Grantee to whom it was
awarded, cash and Shares receivable with respect to Performance
Units may be received only by such Grantee.
Section
5.9. Designation of
Beneficiaries. A
Grantee may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all
or part of the Shares and/or cash to be distributed to the Grantee
under this Article V in case of Death, and such designation will
revoke all prior designations by the same Grantee. A designation of
beneficiary may be replaced by a new designation or may be revoked
by the Grantee at any time. A designation or revocation shall be on
a form to be provided for that purpose and shall be signed by the
Grantee and delivered to the Company prior to the Grantee’s
Death. In case of the Grantee’s Death, the amounts to be
distributed to the Grantee under this Article V with respect to
which a designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it
is valid and enforceable under applicable law) shall be distributed
in accordance with this Article V to the designated beneficiary or
beneficiaries. The amount distributable to a Grantee upon Death and
not subject to such a designation shall be distributed to the
Grantee’s estate. If there shall be any question as to the
legal right of any beneficiary to receive a distribution under this
Article V, the amount in question may be paid to the estate of the
Grantee, in which event the Company shall have no further liability
to anyone with respect to such amount.
ARTICLE VI
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
Section 6.1.
Grants
of SARs.
(a) The
Company may grant SARs to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees
under this Article VI. SARs will be deemed granted only upon (i)
authorization by the Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery
of a SAR Agreement by the Grantee and a duly authorized officer of
the Company. SARs will not be deemed granted merely upon
authorization by the Committee. The aggregate number of Shares
which shall underlie SARs granted hereunder shall not exceed the
total number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares
potentially acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights
outstanding under this Plan.
(b)
Each grant of SARs pursuant to this Article VI shall be evidenced
by a SAR Agreement between the Company and the Grantee, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion,
consistent with this Article VI.
Section 6.2.
Terms
and Conditions of SARs.
(a) All
SARs must be granted within ten (10) years of the Effective
Date.
(b)
Each SAR issued pursuant to this Article VI shall have an initial
base value (the “Base Value”) equal to the Fair Market
Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of issuance of the SAR
(the “SAR Issuance Date”).
(c)
Nothing contained in this Article VI, any SAR Agreement or in any
other agreement executed in connection with the granting of a SAR
under this Article VI will confer upon any Grantee any right with
respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee or
director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
(d)
Except as otherwise provided herein, each SAR Agreement shall
specify the number of Shares covered by the SAR and the period or
periods of time within which each SAR or portion thereof will first
become exercisable (the “SAR Vesting Period”) with
respect to the total Cash Payment (as defined in Section 6.4(b))
receivable thereunder. Such SAR Vesting Period will be fixed by the
Committee in its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by
the Committee in its discretion.
(e)
SARs relating to no less than one hundred (100) Shares may be
exercised at any one time unless the number exercised is the total
number at that time exercisable under all SARs granted to the
Grantee. No SAR may be exercised for a fraction of a share of
Common Stock.
(f) A
Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with
respect to any Shares covered by such SAR. No adjustment shall be
made to a SAR for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in
cash, securities or other property).
(g)
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no SAR shall
contain any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the
right to receive compensation equal to the difference between the
Base Value on the date of grant and the Fair Market Value of the
Share on the date of Exercise.
Section 6.3.
Restrictions on
Transfer of SARs. Each SAR granted under this Article VI may
not be Transferred except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution or as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, and during
the lifetime of the Grantee to whom it was granted, may be
exercised only by such Grantee.
Section 6.4.
Exercise of
SARs.
(a) A
Grantee, or his or her executors or administrators, or heirs or
legatees, shall exercise a SAR of the Grantee by giving written
notice of such exercise to the Company (the “SAR Exercise
Date”). SARs may be exercised only upon the completion of the
SAR Vesting Period applicable to such SAR.
(b)
Within ten (10) days of the SAR Exercise Date applicable to a SAR
exercised in accordance with Section 6.4(a), the Grantee shall be
paid in cash the difference between the Base Value of such SAR and
the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the SAR Exercise
Date (the “Cash Payment”), reduced by the Tax
Withholding Liability arising from such exercise.
Section 6.5.
Designation of
Beneficiaries. A Grantee may designate a beneficiary or
beneficiaries to receive all or part of the cash to be paid to the
Grantee under this Article VI in case of Death, and such
designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Grantee.
A designation of beneficiary may be replaced by a new designation
or may be revoked by the Grantee at any time. A designation or
revocation shall be on a form to be provided for that purpose and
shall be signed by the Grantee and delivered to the Company prior
to the Grantee’s Death. In case of the Grantee’s Death,
the amounts to be distributed to the Grantee under this Article VI
with respect to which a designation of beneficiary has been made
(to the extent it is valid and enforceable under applicable law)
shall be distributed in accordance with this Article VI to the
designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. The amount distributable
to a Grantee upon Death and not subject to such a designation shall
be distributed to the Grantee’s estate. If there shall be any
question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a
distribution under this Article VI, the amount in question may be
paid to the estate of the Grantee, in which event the Company shall
have no further liability to anyone with respect to such
amount.
ARTICLE
VII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
7.1. Application of
Funds. The proceeds
received by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the
exercise of Rights will be used for general corporate
purposes.
Section
7.2. No Obligation to
Exercise Right. The
granting of a Right shall impose no obligation upon the recipient
to exercise such Right.
Section
7.3. Term of
Plan. Except as
otherwise specifically provided herein, Rights may be granted
pursuant to this Plan from time to time within ten (10) years from
the Effective Date.
Section
7.4. Captions and
Headings; Gender and Number. Captions and paragraph headings used
herein are for convenience only, do not modify or affect the
meaning of any provision herein, are not a part, and shall not
serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Plan.
As used herein, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and
neuter, and the singular number shall include the plural, and vice
versa, whenever such meanings are appropriate.
Section
7.5. Expenses of
Administration of Plan. All costs and expenses incurred in the
operation and administration of this Plan shall be borne by the
Company or by one or more Subsidiaries. The Company shall
indemnify, defend and hold each member of the Committee harmless
against all claims, expenses and liabilities arising out of or
related to the exercise of the Committee’s powers and the
discharge of the Committee’s duties hereunder.
Section
7.6. Transfer; Approved
Leave of Absence. For
purposes of the Plan, no termination of employment by an
Eligible Employee shall be deemed to result from either (a) a
transfer of employment to the Company from an affiliate of the
Company, or from the Company to an affiliate, or from one affiliate
to another, or (b) an approved leave of absence for military
service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the
Company, if the Eligible Employee's right to reemployment is
guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy
pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the
Committee otherwise so provides in writing, in either case, except
to the extent inconsistent with Section 409A if the applicable
Award is subject thereto.
Section
7.7. Clawback.
Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, the Company
may cancel any Award, require reimbursement of any Award by a
Participant, and effect any other right of recoupment
of equity or other compensation provided under
the Plan in accordance with any Company policies that may
be adopted and/or modified from time to time ("Clawback Policy").
In addition, a Participant may be required to repay to the Company
previously paid compensation, whether provided pursuant to
the Plan or an Award Agreement, in accordance with the
Clawback Policy. By accepting an Award, the Participant is agreeing
to be bound by the Clawback Policy, as in effect or as may be
adopted and/or modified from time to time by the Company in its
discretion (including, without limitation, to comply with
applicable law or stock exchange listing
requirements).
Section
7.8. No Fractional
Shares. No fractional
shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to
the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash,
additional Awards or other securities or property shall be issued
or paid in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock or whether any
fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited or otherwise
eliminated.
Section
7.9. Non-Uniform
Treatment. The
Committee's determinations under the Plan need not be
uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are
eligible to receive, or actually receive, Awards. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled to
make non-uniform and selective determinations, amendments and
adjustments, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award
Agreements.
Section
7.10. Governing
Law. Without regard
to the principles of conflicts of laws, the laws of the State of
North Carolina shall govern and control the validity,
interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this
Plan.
Section
7.11. Inspection of
Plan. A copy of this
Plan, and any amendments thereto, shall be maintained by the
Secretary of the Company and shall be shown to any proper person
making inquiry about it.
Section
7.12. Severable
Provisions. The
Company intends that the provisions of Articles III, IV, V and VI,
in each case together with Articles I, II and VII, shall each be
deemed to be effective on an independent basis, and that if one or
more of such Articles, or the operative provisions thereof, shall
be deemed invalid, void or voidable, the remainder of such Articles
shall continue in full force and effect.
As
Adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 16,
2020.
As
Approved by the Company’s Shareholders on May 7,
2020.
EXHIBIT (13)
The
Annual Report to Security Holders is Appendix A to the Proxy
Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is
incorporated herein by reference.
APPENDIX
A
ANNUAL
REPORT
OF
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
General Description of Business
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”), was formed
in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the
“Bank”). Bancorp is a bank holding company registered
with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the
“Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act
of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). Bancorp’s
principal source of income is dividends declared and paid by the
Bank on its capital stock, if any. Bancorp has no operations and
conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank.
Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows concerns
the business conducted by the Bank, unless otherwise indicated.
Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with the
Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries are collectively called the
“Company”, “we”, “our” or
“us” in this Annual Report. Our principal executive
offices are located at 518 West C Street, Newtown, North Carolina,
28658, and our telephone number is (828) 464-5620.
The
Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving
the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and
surrounding communities through 18 banking offices, as of December
31, 2020, located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover,
Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Cornelius,
Mooresville, Raleigh, and Cary North Carolina. The Bank also
operates loan production offices in Charlotte and Denver North
Carolina. The Company’s fiscal year ends December 31. At
December 31, 2020, the Company had total assets of $1.4 billion,
net loans of $938.7 million, deposits of $1.2 billion, total
securities of $249.4 million, and shareholders’ equity of
$139.9 million.
The
Bank operates three banking offices focused on the Latino
population that were formerly operated as a division of the Bank
under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”). These
offices are now branded as Bank branches and considered a separate
market territory of the Bank as they offer normal and customary
banking services as are offered in the Bank’s other branches
such as the taking of deposits and the making of
loans.
The
Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and
few agricultural loans. Real estate loans are predominately
variable rate and fixed rate commercial property loans, which
include residential development loans to commercial customers.
Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with
no one particular industry or group of related industries
accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan
portfolio. The majority of the Bank’s deposit and loan
customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses
located in the Bank’s market area. The Bank’s loan
portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number
(ITIN) mortgage loans generated through the Bank’s Banco
offices. Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan portfolio
and sources of funds for loans can be found in
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through
A-25 of the Annual Report.
The
operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are
significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by
related monetary and fiscal policies of depository institution
regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the
North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the
“Commissioner”).
At
December 31, 2020, the Company employed 290 full-time employees and
27 part-time employees, which equated to 307 full-time equivalent
employees.
Subsidiaries
The
Bank is a subsidiary of the Company. At December 31, 2020, the Bank
had four subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., Real
Estate Advisory Services, Inc., Community Bank Real Estate
Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and PB Real Estate Holdings,
LLC. Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services,
Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank’s
customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit
investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax
deferred annuities, and related brokerage services. Real Estate
Advisory Services, Inc. provides real estate appraisal and real
estate brokerage services. CBRES serves as a
“clearing-house” for appraisal services for community
banks. Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and
engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the
property to be appraised is located. This type of service ensures
that the appraisal process remains independent from the financing
process within the Bank. PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC acquires,
manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and other
assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts
previously contracted. In 2019, the Company launched PB Insurance
Agency, which is part of CBRES.
In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory
trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which
issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests
in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest
debentures. All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned
by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the common
securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK
Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of
junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating
rateequal to three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The proceeds
received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated
debentures were used in December 2006 to repay the trust preferred
securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, awholly
owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general
purposes. The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II.
PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial
statements. The Company redeemed $5.0 million of outstanding trust
preferred securities in 2019.
The
trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay
quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis
points. The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments
due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II
does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other
payments. The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities
transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the
distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred
securities.
These
trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity
of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as
provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the
debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which
became effective on June 28, 2011. As specified in the indenture,
if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption
price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid
interest.
This report contains certain forward-looking statements with
respect to the financial condition, results of operations and
business of the Company. These forward-looking statements involve
risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and
assumptions of management of the Company and on the information
available to management at the time that these disclosures were
prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words
like “expect,” “anticipate,”
“estimate” and “believe,” variations of
these words and other similar expressions. Readers should not place
undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of
important factors could cause actual results to differ materially
from those in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not
limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by the Bank, (2)
changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national,
regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than
expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in
credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of
loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in
accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and
state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact
of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and
regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the
Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any
forward-looking statements.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income
|
$47,958
|
49,601
|
45,350
|
41,949
|
39,809
|
Interest
expense
|
3,836
|
3,757
|
2,146
|
2,377
|
3,271
|
Net
interest income
|
44,122
|
45,844
|
43,204
|
39,572
|
36,538
|
Provision
for (reduction of) loan losses
|
4,259
|
863
|
790
|
(507)
|
(1,206)
|
Net
interest income after provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
for
loan losses
|
39,863
|
44,981
|
42,414
|
40,079
|
37,744
|
Non-interest
income (1)
|
22,914
|
17,739
|
16,166
|
15,364
|
16,236
|
Non-interest
expense (1)
|
48,931
|
45,517
|
42,574
|
41,228
|
42,242
|
Earnings
before income taxes
|
13,846
|
17,203
|
16,006
|
14,215
|
11,738
|
Income
tax expense
|
2,489
|
3,136
|
2,624
|
3,947
|
2,561
|
Net
earnings
|
$11,357
|
14,067
|
13,382
|
10,268
|
9,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected Year-End Balances
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
$1,414,855
|
1,154,882
|
1,093,251
|
1,092,166
|
1,087,991
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
245,249
|
195,746
|
194,578
|
229,321
|
249,946
|
Net
loans
|
938,731
|
843,194
|
797,578
|
753,398
|
716,261
|
Mortgage
loans held for sale
|
9,139
|
4,417
|
680
|
857
|
5,709
|
Interest-earning
assets
|
1,326,489
|
1,058,937
|
1,007,078
|
996,509
|
999,201
|
Deposits
|
1,221,086
|
966,517
|
877,213
|
906,952
|
892,918
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities
|
805,771
|
668,353
|
657,110
|
679,922
|
698,120
|
Shareholders'
equity
|
$139,899
|
134,120
|
123,617
|
115,975
|
107,428
|
Shares
outstanding
|
5,787,504
|
5,912,300
|
5,995,256
|
5,995,256
|
5,417,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected Average Balances
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
$1,365,642
|
1,143,338
|
1,094,707
|
1,098,992
|
1,076,604
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
200,821
|
185,302
|
209,742
|
234,278
|
252,725
|
Loans
|
935,970
|
834,517
|
777,098
|
741,655
|
703,484
|
Interest-earning
assets
|
1,271,764
|
1,055,730
|
1,007,484
|
998,821
|
985,236
|
Deposits
|
1,115,019
|
932,647
|
903,120
|
895,129
|
856,313
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities
|
793,188
|
675,992
|
665,165
|
700,559
|
705,291
|
Shareholders'
equity
|
$141,287
|
134,670
|
123,797
|
116,883
|
113,196
|
Shares
outstanding (2)
|
5,808,121
|
5,941,873
|
5,995,256
|
5,988,183
|
6,024,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profitability Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return
on average total assets
|
0.83%
|
1.23%
|
1.22%
|
0.93%
|
0.85%
|
Return
on average shareholders' equity
|
8.04%
|
10.45%
|
10.81%
|
8.78%
|
8.11%
|
Dividend
payout ratio
|
38.67%
|
28.00%
|
23.41%
|
25.67%
|
22.95%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Ratios (averages)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan
to deposit
|
83.94%
|
89.48%
|
86.05%
|
82.85%
|
82.15%
|
Shareholders'
equity to total assets
|
10.35%
|
11.78%
|
11.31%
|
10.64%
|
10.51%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per share of Common Stock (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
net earnings
|
$1.95
|
2.37
|
2.23
|
1.71
|
1.53
|
Diluted
net earnings
|
$1.95
|
2.36
|
2.22
|
1.69
|
1.50
|
Cash
dividends
|
$0.75
|
0.66
|
0.52
|
0.44
|
0.35
|
Book
value
|
$24.17
|
22.68
|
20.62
|
19.34
|
18.03
|
(1) Appraisal management fee income and expense from the
Bank’s subsidiary, CBRES, was reported as a net amount prior
to March 31, 2018, which was included in miscellaneous non-interest
income. This income and expense is now reported on separate line
items under non-interest income and non-interest expense. Prior
periods have been restated to reflect this change.
(2) Average shares outstanding and per share computations have been
restated to reflect a 10% stock dividend paid during the fourth
quarter of 2017.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is a discussion of our financial position and results
of operations and should be read in conjunction with the
information set forth under Item 1A Risk Factors in the
Company’s annual report on Form 10-K and the Company’s
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto on pages A-26
through A-71.
Introduction
Management’s
discussion and analysis of earnings and related data are presented
to assist in understanding the consolidated financial condition and
results of operations of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
(“Bancorp”), for the years ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018. Bancorp is a registered bank holding company
operating under the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board (the
“FRB”) and the parent company of Peoples Bank (the
“Bank”). The Bank is a North Carolina-chartered bank,
with offices in Catawba, Lincoln, Alexander, Mecklenburg, Iredell
and Wake counties, operating under the banking laws of North
Carolina and the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).
Overview
Our
business consists principally of attracting deposits from the
general public and investing these funds in commercial loans, real
estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer
loans. Our profitability depends primarily on our net interest
income, which is the difference between the income we receive on
our loan and investment securities portfolios and our cost of
funds, which consists of interest paid on deposits and borrowed
funds. Net interest income also is affected by the relative amounts
of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing
liabilities, a positive interest rate spread will generate net
interest income. Our profitability is also affected by the level of
other income and operating expenses. Other income consists
primarily of miscellaneous fees related to our loans and deposits,
mortgage banking income and commissions from sales of annuities and
mutual funds. Operating expenses consist of compensation and
benefits, occupancy related expenses, federal deposit and other
insurance premiums, data processing, advertising and other
expenses.
Our
operations are influenced significantly by local economic
conditions and by policies of financial institution regulatory
authorities. The earnings on our assets are influenced by the
effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and
laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”),
inflation, interest rates, market and monetary fluctuations.
Lending activities are affected by the demand for commercial and
other types of loans, which in turn is affected by the interest
rates at which such financing may be offered. Our cost of funds is
influenced by interest rates on competing investments and by rates
offered on similar investments by competing financial institutions
in our market area, as well as general market interest rates. These
factors can cause fluctuations in our net interest income and other
income. In addition, local economic conditions can impact the
credit risk of our loan portfolio, in that (1) local employers may
be required to eliminate employment positions of individual
borrowers, and (2) small businesses and commercial borrowers may
experience a downturn in their operating performance and become
unable to make timely payments on their loans. Management evaluates
these factors in estimating the allowance for loan losses and
changes in these economic factors could result in increases or
decreases to the provision for loan losses.
COVID-19 has
adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect economic
activity globally, nationally and locally. Following the COVID-19
outbreak in December 2019 and January 2020, market interest rates
have declined significantly, with the 10-year Treasury bond falling
below 1.00% on March 3, 2020 for the first time. Such events also
may adversely affect business and consumer confidence, generally,
and the Company and its customers, and their respective suppliers,
vendors and processors may be adversely affected. On March 3, 2020,
the Federal Reserve Federal Open Market Committee
(“FOMC”) reduced the target federal funds rate by 50
basis points to a range of 1.00% to 1.25%. Subsequently on March
16, 2020, the FOMC further reduced the target federal funds rate by
an additional 100 basis points to a range of 0.00% to 0.25%. These
reductions in interest rates and other effects of the COVID-19
pandemic may adversely affect the Company’s financial
condition and results of operations. Prior to the occurrence of the
COVID-19 pandemic, economic conditions, while not as robust as the
economic conditions during the period from 2004 to 2007, had
stabilized such that businesses in our market area were growing and
investing again. The uncertainty expressed in the local, national
and international markets through the primary economic indicators
of activity were previously sufficiently stable to allow for
reasonable economic growth in our markets. See COVID-19 Impact
below for additional information regarding the impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business.
Although we are unable to
control the external factors that influence our business, by
maintaining high levels
of balance sheet liquidity, managing our interest rate exposures
and by actively monitoring asset quality, we seek to minimize the
potentially adverse risks of unforeseen and unfavorable economic
trends.
Our
business emphasis has been and continues to be to operate as a
well-capitalized, profitable and independent community-oriented
financial institution dedicated to providing quality customer
service. We are committed to meeting the financial needs of the
communities in which we operate. We expect growth to be achieved in
our local markets and through expansion opportunities in contiguous
or nearby markets. While we would be willing to consider growth by
acquisition in certain circumstances, we do not consider the
acquisition of another company to be necessary for our continued
ability to provide a reasonable return to our shareholders. We
believe that we can be more effective in serving our customers than
many of our non-local competitors because of our ability to quickly
and effectively provide senior management responses to customer
needs and inquiries. Our ability to provide these services is
enhanced by the stability and experience of our Bank officers and
managers.
The
Company does not have specific plans for additional offices in 2021
but will continue to look for growth opportunities in nearby
markets and may expand if considered a worthwhile
opportunity.
COVID 19 Impact
Overview. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused and continues to cause
significant, unprecedented disruption that affects daily living and
negatively impacts the global economy, the banking industry and the
Company. While we are unable to estimate the magnitude, we expect
the COVID-19 pandemic and related global economic crisis will
adversely affect our future operating results. As such, the impact
of the COVID-19 pandemic on future fiscal periods is subject to a
high degree of uncertainty.
Effects on Our Market Areas. Our commercial and consumer banking products and
services are offered primarily in North Carolina where individual
and governmental responses to the COVID-19 pandemic led to a broad
curtailment of economic activity beginning in March 2020. In North
Carolina, schools closed for the remainder of the 2019-2020
academic year, businesses were ordered to temporarily close or
reduce their business operations to accommodate social distancing
and shelter in place requirements, non-critical healthcare services
were significantly curtailed and unemployment levels rose. Since
the initial shut down in March 2020, phased reopening plans began
in mid-May subject to public health reopening guidelines and
limitations on capacity and
limitations continue to remain in place.
Policy and Regulatory Developments. Federal, state and local governments and
regulatory authorities have enacted and issued a range of policy
responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the
following:
●
The
Federal Reserve decreased the range for the federal funds target
rate by 0.5 percent on March 3, 2020, and by another 1.0 percent on
March 16, 2020, reaching a current range of 0.0 - 0.25
percent.
●
On March 27, 2020,
President Trump signed the CARES Act, which established a $2
trillion economic stimulus package, including cash payments to
individuals, supplemental unemployment insurance benefits and a
$349 billion loan program administered through the Small Business
Administration (“SBA”), referred to as the Paycheck
Protection Program (“PPP”). Under the PPP, small
businesses, sole proprietorships, independent contractors and
self-employed individuals may apply for loans from existing SBA
lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enroll in the
program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria.
After the initial $349 billion in funds for the PPP was exhausted,
an additional $310 billion in funding for PPP loans was authorized.
The Bank is participating as a lender in the PPP. In addition, the
CARES Act provides financial institutions the option to temporarily
suspend certain requirements under GAAP related to troubled debt
restructured (“TDR”) loans for a limited period of time
to account for the effects of COVID-19. See Note 3 of the financial
statements for additional disclosure of loan modifications as of
December 31, 2020.
●
On
April 7, 2020, federal banking regulators issued a revised
Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for
Financial Institutions, which, among other things, encouraged
financial institutions to work prudently with borrowers who are or
may be unable to meet their contractual payment obligations because
of the effects of COVID-19, and stated that institutions generally
do not need to categorize COVID-19-related modifications as TDRs
and that the agencies will not direct supervised institutions to
automatically categorize all COVID-19 related loan modifications as
TDRs. See Note 3 of the financial statements for additional
disclosure of loan modifications as of December 31,
2020.
●
On April 9, 2020, the Federal Reserve announced
additional measures aimed at supporting small and mid-sized
businesses, as well as state and local governments impacted by
COVID-19. The Federal Reserve announced the Main Street Business
Lending Program, which established two new loan facilities
intended
to facilitate lending to small and mid-sized
businesses: (1) the Main Street New Loan Facility, or MSNLF, and
(2) the Main Street Expanded Loan Facility, or MSELF.
MSNLF loans are unsecured term loans
originated on or after April 8, 2020, while MSELF loans are
provided as upsized tranches of existing loans originated before
April 8, 2020. The combined size of the program will be up to $600
billion. The program is designed for businesses with up to 10,000
employees or $2.5 billion in 2019 revenues. To obtain a loan,
borrowers must confirm that they are seeking financial support
because of COVID-19 and that they will not use proceeds from the
loan to pay off debt. The Federal Reserve also stated that it would
provide additional funding to banks offering PPP loans to
struggling small businesses. Lenders participating in the PPP will
be able to exclude loans financed by the facility from their
leverage ratio. In addition, the Federal Reserve created a
Municipal Liquidity Facility to support state and local governments
with up to $500 billion in lending, with the Treasury Department
backing $35 billion for the facility using funds appropriated by
the CARES Act. The facility will make short-term financing
available to cities with a population of more than one million or
counties with a population of greater than two million. The Federal
Reserve expanded both the size and scope of its Primary and
Secondary Market Corporate Credit Facilities to support up to $750
billion in credit to corporate debt issuers. This will allow
companies that were investment grade before the onset of COVID-19
but then subsequently downgraded after March 22, 2020 to gain
access to the facility. Finally, the Federal Reserve announced that
its Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility will be scaled up in
scope to include the triple A-rated tranche of commercial
mortgage-backed securities and newly issued collateralized loan
obligations. The size of the facility is $100 billion. The Bank did
not participate in the MSELF or MSNLF.
●
On
December 27, 2020, the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses,
Nonprofits and Venues Act (the “Economic Aid Act”)
became law. The Economic Aid Act reopens and expands the PPP loan
program through March 31, 2021. The changes to the PPP program
allow new borrowers to apply for a loan under the original PPP loan
program and the creation of an additional PPP loan for eligible
borrowers. The Economic Aid Act also revises certain PPP
requirements, including aspects of loan forgiveness on existing PPP
loans.
●
In
addition to the policy responses described above, the federal bank
regulatory agencies, along with their state counterparts, have
issued a stream of guidance in response to the COVID-19 pandemic
and have taken a number of unprecedented steps to help banks
navigate the pandemic and mitigate its impact. These include,
without limitation: requiring banks to focus on business continuity
and pandemic planning; adding pandemic scenarios to stress testing;
encouraging bank use of capital buffers and reserves in lending
programs; permitting certain regulatory reporting extensions;
reducing margin requirements on swaps; permitting certain otherwise
prohibited investments in investment funds; issuing guidance to
encourage banks to work with customers affected by the pandemic and
encourage loan workouts; and providing credit under the Community
Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) for certain pandemic related
loans, investments and public service. Moreover, because of the
need for social distancing measures, the agencies revamped the
manner in which they conducted periodic examinations of their
regular institutions, including making greater use of off-site
reviews. The Federal Reserve also issued guidance encouraging
banking institutions to utilize its discount window for loans and
intraday credit extended by its Reserve Banks to help households
and businesses impacted by the pandemic and announced numerous
funding facilities. The FDIC has also acted to mitigate the deposit
insurance assessment effects of participating in the PPP and the
Federal Reserve's PPP Liquidity Facility and Money Market Mutual
Fund Liquidity Facility.
Effects on Our Business. The COVID-19 pandemic and the specific
developments referred to above have had and will continue to have a
significant impact on our business. In particular, we anticipate
that a significant portion of the Bank’s borrowers in the
hotel, restaurant and retail industries will continue to endure
significant economic distress, which has caused, and may continue
to cause, them to draw on their existing lines of credit and
adversely affect their ability to repay existing indebtedness, and
is expected to adversely impact the value of collateral. These
developments, together with economic conditions generally, are also
expected to impact our commercial real estate portfolio,
particularly with respect to real estate with exposure to these
industries, and the value of certain collateral securing our loans.
As a result, we anticipate that our financial condition, capital
levels and results of operations could be adversely affected, as
described in further detail below.
Our Response. We have taken
numerous steps in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the
following:
●
On
March 13, 2020 we enacted our Pandemic Plan. We used available
physical resources to achieve appropriate social distancing
protocols in all facilities; in addition, we established mandatory
remote work to isolate certain personnel essential to critical
business continuity operations. We also expanded and tested remote
access for the core banking system, funds transfer and loan
operations.
●
We
are actively working with loan customers to evaluate prudent loan
modification terms.
●
We
continue to promote our digital banking options through our
website. Customers are encouraged to utilize online and mobile
banking tools, and our customer service and retail departments are
fully staffed and available to assist customers
remotely.
●
We
are a participating lender in the PPP. We believe it is our
responsibility as a community bank to assist the SBA in the
distribution of funds authorized under the CARES Act to our
customers and communities.
●
On
March 19, 2020, we restricted branch customer activity to drive-up
and appointment only services. Branch lobbies were reopened on May
20, 2020. One small branch located in an assisted living facility
was permanently closed effective December 31, 2020 due to limited
lobby space and COVID-19 restrictions. All business functions
continue to be operational. We continue to pay all employees
according to their normal work schedule, even if their work has
been reduced. No employees have been furloughed. Employees whose
job responsibilities can be effectively carried out remotely are
working from home. Employees whose critical duties require their
continued presence on-site are observing social distancing and
cleaning protocols.
Summary of Significant and Critical Accounting
Policies
The
consolidated financial statements include the financial statements
of Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with
the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment
Services, Inc., Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc.
(“REAS”), Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC
(“CBRES”) and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC
(collectively called the “Company”). All significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
The
Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to
understanding management’s discussion and analysis of results
of operations and financial condition. Many of the Company’s
accounting policies require significant judgment regarding
valuation of assets and liabilities and/or significant
interpretation of specific accounting guidance. The following is a
summary of some of the more subjective and complex accounting
policies of the Company. A more complete description of the
Company’s significant accounting policies can be found in
Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the
Company’s 2020 Annual Report to Shareholders which is
Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the May 6, 2021 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders.
The
allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment
and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its
evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The Bank
periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review
asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that
management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks
and loan losses.
Many of
the Company’s assets and liabilities are recorded using
various techniques that require significant judgment as to
recoverability. The collectability of loans is reflected through
the Company’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses. The
Company performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its
lending portfolio to assess overall collectability. In addition,
certain assets and liabilities are reflected at their estimated
fair value in the consolidated financial statements. Such amounts
are based on either quoted market prices or estimated values
derived from dealer quotes used by the Company, market comparisons
or internally generated modeling techniques. The Company’s
internal models generally involve present value of cash flow
techniques. The various techniques are discussed in greater detail
elsewhere in this management’s discussion and analysis and
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
There
are other complex accounting standards that require the Company to
employ significant judgment in interpreting and applying certain of
the principles prescribed by those standards. These judgments
include, but are not limited to, the determination of whether a
financial instrument or other contract meets the definition of a
derivative in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (“GAAP”).
The
disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities are
intended to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced
understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged
items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and
related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position,
financial performance, and cash flows. The disclosure requirements
include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for
using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value
of, and gains and losses, on derivative instruments, and
disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in
derivative instruments.
The
Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that
has, in prior years, incorporated the use of derivative instruments
to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are
caused by interest rate volatility. When using derivative
instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk. If
the
counterparty fails
to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value
gain in the derivative. The Company minimized the credit risk in
derivative instruments by entering into transactions with
high-quality counterparties that were reviewed periodically by the
Company. The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives
outstanding as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
Management of the
Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to
reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities to prepare the accompanying
consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
Results of Operations
Summary. The Company reported earnings
of $11.4 million or $1.95 basic and diluted net earnings per share
for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $14.1 million
or $2.37 basic net earnings per share and $2.36 diluted net
earnings per share for the same period one year ago. The decrease
in year-to-date net earnings is primarily attributable to a
decrease in net interest income, an increase in the provision for
loan losses and an increase in non-interest expense, which were
partially offset by an increase in non-interest income, as
discussed below.
The
Company reported earnings of $14.1 million or $2.37 basic net
earnings per share and $2.36 diluted net earnings per share for the
year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $13.4 million or $2.23
basic net earnings per share and $2.22 diluted net earnings per
share for the same period one year ago. The increase in
year-to-date net earnings is primarily attributable to an increase
in net interest income and an increase in non-interest income,
which were partially offset by an increase in the provision for
loan losses and an increase in non-interest expense.
The
return on average assets in 2020 was 0.83%, as compared to 1.23% in
2019 and 1.22% in 2018. The return on average shareholders’
equity was 8.04% in 2020, as compared to 10.45% in 2019 and 10.81%
in 2018.
Net Interest Income. Net interest
income, the major component of the Company’s net income, is
the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning
assets exceed the total cost of funds used to carry them. Net
interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well
as changes in the yields earned and rates paid. Net interest margin
is calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by
average interest-earning assets, and represents the Company’s
net yield on its interest-earning assets.
Net
interest income for 2020 was $44.1 million, as compared to $45.8
million in 2019. The decrease in net interest income was primarily
due to a $1.6 million decrease in interest income and a $79,000
increase in interest expense. The decrease in interest income was
primarily due to a $987,000 decrease in interest income on loans
resulting from the 1.50% reduction in the Prime Rate in March 2020.
The increase in interest expense was primarily due to an increase
in average outstanding balances of interest-bearing liabilities,
which was partially offset by a decrease in rates paid on
interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income increased to
$45.8 million in 2019 from $43.2 million in 2018.
Table 1
sets forth for each category of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities, the average amounts outstanding, the
interest incurred on such amounts and the average rate earned or
incurred for the years
ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The table also sets forth
the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets, the
average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities, and the
net yield on total average interest-earning assets for the same
periods. Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair
value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’
equity. Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have
been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate
of 22.98% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt
and an effective tax rate of 20.48% for federal tax-exempt
securities. Non-accrual loans and the interest income that was
recorded on non-accrual loans, if any, are included in the yield
calculations for loans in all periods reported. The Company believes the
presentation of net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis
provides comparability of net interest income from both taxable and
tax-exempt sources and facilitates comparability within the
industry. Although the Company believes these non-GAAP financial
measures enhance investors’ understanding of its business and
performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be
considered an alternative to GAAP. The reconciliations of these
non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP
financial measures are presented below.
Table 1- Average Balance Table
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-earning assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
$935,970
|
42,314
|
4.52%
|
834,517
|
43,301
|
5.19%
|
777,098
|
38,654
|
4.97%
|
Investments -
taxable
|
132,468
|
2,299
|
1.74%
|
77,945
|
2,254
|
2.89%
|
71,093
|
1,936
|
2.72%
|
Investments -
nontaxable*
|
75,609
|
3,634
|
4.81%
|
113,117
|
4,293
|
3.80%
|
142,832
|
5,508
|
3.86%
|
Federal funds
sold
|
91,166
|
204
|
0.22%
|
19,078
|
331
|
1.73%
|
-
|
-
|
0.00%
|
Other
|
36,551
|
127
|
0.35%
|
11,073
|
213
|
1.92%
|
16,461
|
304
|
1.85%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-earning assets
|
1,271,764
|
48,578
|
3.82%
|
1,055,730
|
50,392
|
4.77%
|
1,007,484
|
46,402
|
4.61%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and due
from banks
|
34,569
|
|
|
36,227
|
|
|
41,840
|
|
|
Other
assets
|
67,742
|
|
|
57,880
|
|
|
51,704
|
|
|
Allowance for
loan losses
|
(8,433)
|
|
|
(6,499)
|
|
|
(6,321)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
$1,365,642
|
|
|
1,143,338
|
|
|
1,094,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW, MMDA
& savings deposits
|
$584,177
|
1,962
|
0.34%
|
495,509
|
1,596
|
0.32%
|
484,180
|
769
|
0.16%
|
Time
deposits
|
103,694
|
947
|
0.91%
|
105,458
|
909
|
0.86%
|
112,398
|
472
|
0.42%
|
FHLB
borrowings
|
60,820
|
357
|
0.59%
|
19,625
|
205
|
1.04%
|
-
|
-
|
0.00%
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
15,478
|
370
|
2.39%
|
20,619
|
844
|
4.09%
|
20,619
|
790
|
3.83%
|
Other
|
29,019
|
200
|
0.69%
|
34,781
|
203
|
0.58%
|
47,968
|
115
|
0.24%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities
|
793,188
|
3,836
|
0.48%
|
675,992
|
3,757
|
0.56%
|
665,165
|
2,146
|
0.32%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand
deposits
|
427,148
|
|
|
331,680
|
|
|
306,544
|
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
4,019
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
(799)
|
|
|
Shareholders'
equity
|
141,287
|
|
|
134,670
|
|
|
123,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity
|
$1,365,642
|
|
|
1,143,338
|
|
|
1,094,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest spread
|
|
$44,742
|
3.34%
|
|
$46,635
|
4.21%
|
|
$44,256
|
4.29%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net yield on interest-earning assets
|
|
|
3.52%
|
|
|
4.42%
|
|
|
4.39%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxable equivalent adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
securities
|
|
$620
|
|
|
$791
|
|
|
$1,052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income
|
|
$44,122
|
|
|
$45,844
|
|
|
$43,204
|
|
*Includes
U.S. Government agency securities that are non-taxable for state
income tax purposes of $19.2 million in 2020, $32.0 million in 2019
and $38.0 million in 2018. A tax rate of 2.50% was used to
calculate the tax equivalent yields on these securities in 2020,
2019 and 2018.
Changes
in interest income and interest expense can result from variances
in both volume and rates. Table 2 describes the impact on the
Company’s tax equivalent net interest income resulting from
changes in average balances and average rates for the periods
indicated. The changes in net interest income due to both volume
and rate changes have been allocated to volume and rate changes in
proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of
the changes in each.
Table 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent
Basis
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
Changes in average volume
|
|
Total Increase (Decrease)
|
Changes in average volume
|
|
Total Increase (Decrease)
|
Interest income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans:
Net of unearned income
|
$4,925
|
(5,912)
|
(987)
|
$2,918
|
1,729
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
- taxable
|
1,261
|
(1,216)
|
45
|
192
|
126
|
318
|
Investments
- nontaxable
|
(1,613)
|
954
|
(659)
|
(1,137)
|
(78)
|
(1,215)
|
Federal
funds sold
|
706
|
(833)
|
(127)
|
166
|
165
|
331
|
Other
|
290
|
(376)
|
(86)
|
(102)
|
12
|
(90)
|
Total interest income
|
5,569
|
(7,383)
|
(1,814)
|
2,037
|
1,954
|
3,991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW,
MMDA & savings deposits
|
292
|
74
|
366
|
27
|
800
|
827
|
Time
deposits
|
(16)
|
54
|
38
|
(44)
|
481
|
437
|
FHLB
borrowings
|
336
|
(184)
|
152
|
103
|
102
|
205
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
(167)
|
(307)
|
(474)
|
-
|
54
|
54
|
Other
|
(37)
|
34
|
(3)
|
(54)
|
142
|
88
|
Total interest expense
|
408
|
(329)
|
79
|
32
|
1,579
|
1,611
|
Net interest income
|
$5,161
|
(7,054)
|
(1,893)
|
$2,005
|
375
|
2,380
|
Net
interest income on a tax equivalent basis totaled $44.7 million in
2020, as compared to $46.6 million in 2019. The net interest rate
spread, which represents the rate earned on interest-earning assets
less the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 3.34% in
2020, as compared to a net interest rate spread of 4.21% in 2019.
The net yield on interest-earning assets was 3.52% in 2020 and
4.42% in 2019.
Tax
equivalent interest income decreased $1.8 million in 2020 primarily
due to a decrease in
rates on interest earning assets. The yield on interest-earning
assets was 3.82% in 2020, as compared to 4.77% in
2019.
Interest expense
increased $79,000 in 2020, as compared to 2019. The increase in
interest expense was primarily due to an increase in average
outstanding balances of interest-bearing liabilities, which was
partially offset by a decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing
liabilities. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by
$117.2 million to $793.2 million in 2020, as compared to $676.0
million in 2019. The cost of funds decreased to 0.48% in 2020 from
0.56% in 2019.
In
2019, net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $46.6
million, as compared to $44.3 million in 2018. The net interest
spread was 4.21% in 2019, as compared to 4.29% in 2018. The net
yield on interest-earning assets was 4.42% in 2019, as compared to
4.39% in 2018.
Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions
for loan losses are charged to income in order to bring the total
allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by
management of the Company based on factors such as
management’s judgment as to losses within the Bank’s
loan portfolio, including the valuation of impaired loans, loan
growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan
portfolio, delinquencies and management’s assessment of the
quality of the loan portfolio and general economic
climate.
The
provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 was
$4.3 million, compared to $863,000 for the year ended December 31,
2019. The increase in the provision for loan losses is primarily
attributable to increases in the qualitative factors applied in the
Company’s Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
(“ALLL”) model due to the impact to the economy from
the COVID-19 pandemic and reserves on loans with payment
modifications made in 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. At
December 31, 2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications
as a result of COVID-19 was $18.3 million: the balance of loans
under the terms of a first modification was $12.6 million, and the
balance of outstanding loans under the terms of a second
modification was $5.7 million. The Company continues to track all
loans that are currently modified or have been modified under
COVID-19. At December 31, 2020, the balance for all loans that are
currently modified or were modified during 2020 but have returned
to their original terms was $119.6 million. These loan balances
associated with COVID-19 related modifications have been grouped
into their own pool within the ALLL model as they have a higher
likelihood of risk,
and a higher
reserve rate has been applied to that pool. Of all loans modified
as a result of COVID-19, $101.3 million of these loans have
returned to their original terms; however, the effects of stimulus
in the current environment are still unknown, and additional losses
may be currently present in loans that are currently modified and
that were once modified.
Table 3
presents a summary of net charge off activity for the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Table 3 - Net Charge-off Analysis
|
Net
charge-offs/(recoveries)
|
Net
charge-offs/(recoveries) as a percent of average loans
outstanding
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate
loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction and land
development
|
$(31)
|
(24)
|
43
|
(14)
|
(3)
|
-0.03%
|
-0.03%
|
0.05%
|
-0.02%
|
-0.01%
|
Single-family
residential
|
(5)
|
(24)
|
10
|
164
|
220
|
0.00%
|
-0.01%
|
0.00%
|
0.07%
|
0.09%
|
Single-family
residential -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco de la Gente
non-traditional
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
Commercial
|
(63)
|
(48)
|
348
|
(21)
|
299
|
-0.02%
|
-0.02%
|
0.13%
|
-0.01%
|
0.12%
|
Multifamily and
farmland
|
-
|
-
|
4
|
66
|
-
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.01%
|
0.23%
|
0.00%
|
Total real estate
loans
|
(99)
|
(96)
|
405
|
195
|
516
|
-0.01%
|
-0.01%
|
0.06%
|
0.03%
|
0.09%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans not secured by
real estate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
869
|
306
|
22
|
163
|
(25)
|
0.54%
|
0.31%
|
0.02%
|
0.19%
|
-0.03%
|
Farm
loans
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
Consumer loans
(1)
|
254
|
418
|
284
|
319
|
342
|
3.57%
|
4.95%
|
3.11%
|
3.10%
|
3.38%
|
All other
loans
|
7
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
0.20%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
Total
loans
|
$1,031
|
628
|
711
|
677
|
833
|
0.11%
|
0.07%
|
0.09%
|
0.09%
|
0.12%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for
(reduction of) loan losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for the
period
|
$4,259
|
863
|
790
|
(507)
|
(1,206)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan
losses at end of period
|
$9,908
|
6,680
|
6,445
|
6,366
|
7,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans at end of
period
|
$948,639
|
849,874
|
804,023
|
759,764
|
723,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-accrual loans at
end of period
|
$3,758
|
3,553
|
3,314
|
3,711
|
3,825
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan
losses as a percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
total loans outstanding
at end of period
|
1.04%
|
0.79%
|
0.80%
|
0.84%
|
1.04%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-accrual loans as a
percent of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
total loans outstanding
at end of period
|
0.40%
|
0.42%
|
0.41%
|
0.49%
|
0.53%
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) The loss ratio for consumer loans is elevated because overdraft
charge-offs related to DDA and NOW accounts are reported in
consumer loan charge-offs and recoveries. The net overdraft
charge-offs are not considered material and are therefore not shown
separately.
Please
see the section below entitled “Allowance for Loan
Losses” for a more complete discussion of the Bank’s
policy for addressing potential loan losses.
Non-Interest Income. Non-interest
income was $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020,
compared to $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The
increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $2.4
million increase in gains on sale of securities, a $2.3 million
increase in appraisal management fee income due to an increase in
the volume of appraisals and a $1.2 million increase in mortgage
banking income due to increased mortgage loan volume, which were
partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in service charges and
fees primarily due to service charge and fee concessions associated
with the COVID-19 pandemic.
Non-interest income
was $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared
to $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase
in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $1.3 million
increase in appraisal management fee income due to an increase in
the volume of appraisals and a $413,000 increase in mortgage
banking income due to an increase in mortgage loan
volume.
The Company
periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which
would be deemed other-than-temporary. No investment
impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2020, 2019 or
2018.
Table 4 presents a
summary of non-interest income for the years ended December 31,
2020, 2019 and 2018.
Table 4 - Non-Interest Income
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Service
charges
|
$3,528
|
4,576
|
4,355
|
Other
service charges and fees
|
742
|
714
|
705
|
Gain
on sale of securities
|
2,639
|
226
|
15
|
Mortgage
banking income
|
2,469
|
1,264
|
851
|
Insurance
and brokerage commissions
|
897
|
877
|
824
|
Gain/(loss)
on sale and write-down of other real estate
|
(47)
|
(11)
|
17
|
Visa
debit card income
|
4,237
|
4,145
|
3,911
|
Appraisal
management fee income
|
6,754
|
4,484
|
3,206
|
Miscellaneous
|
1,695
|
1,464
|
2,282
|
Total non-interest income
|
$22,914
|
17,739
|
16,166
|
Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest
expense was $48.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020,
compared to $45.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The
increase in non-interest expense was primarily attributable to a
$1.9 million increase in appraisal management fee expense due to an
increase in the volume of appraisals and a $570,000 increase in
other non-interest expense. The increase in other non-interest
expense is primarily due to a $1.1 million FHLB borrowings
prepayment penalty in December 2020.
Non-interest
expense was $45.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as
compared to $42.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The
increase in non-interest expense was primarily due to a $1.7
million increase in salaries and benefits expense and a $961,000
increase in appraisal management fee expense. The increase in
salaries and benefits expense was primarily attributable to an
increase in salary expense primarily due to annual salary
increases, an increase in incentive compensation expense, an
increase in insurance costs and an increase in commission expense
primarily due to an increase in mortgage loan production. The
increase in appraisal management fee expense was primarily due to
an increase in the volume of appraisals.
Table 5 presents a summary of
non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018.
Table 5 - Non-Interest Expense
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
$23,538
|
23,238
|
21,530
|
Occupancy
expense
|
7,933
|
7,364
|
7,170
|
Office
supplies
|
528
|
467
|
503
|
FDIC
deposit insurance
|
263
|
119
|
328
|
Visa
debit card expense
|
1,012
|
890
|
994
|
Professional
services
|
502
|
517
|
513
|
Postage
|
190
|
294
|
249
|
Telephone
|
794
|
802
|
678
|
Director
fees and expense
|
360
|
394
|
312
|
Advertising
|
787
|
1,021
|
922
|
Consulting
fees
|
1,078
|
972
|
1,012
|
Taxes
and licenses
|
295
|
287
|
288
|
Foreclosure/OREO
expense
|
20
|
28
|
58
|
Internet
banking expense
|
729
|
681
|
603
|
FHLB
advance prepayment penalty
|
1,100
|
-
|
-
|
Appraisal
management fee expense
|
5,274
|
3,421
|
2,460
|
Other
operating expense
|
4,528
|
5,022
|
4,954
|
Total non-interest expense
|
$48,931
|
45,517
|
42,574
|
Income Taxes. The Company reported
income tax expense of $2.5 million, $3.1 million and $2.6 million
for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The Company’s effective tax rates were 17.98%, 18.23% and
16.39% in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Liquidity. The objectives of the
Company’s liquidity policy are to provide for the
availability of adequate funds to meet the needs of loan demand,
deposit withdrawals, maturing liabilities and to satisfy regulatory
requirements. Both deposit and loan customer cash needs can
fluctuate significantly depending upon business
cycles,
economic conditions
and yields and returns available from alternative investment
opportunities. In addition, the Company’s liquidity is
affected by off-balance sheet commitments to lend in the form of
unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of
credit. As of December 31, 2020, such unfunded commitments to
extend credit were $299.0 million, while commitments in the form of
standby letters of credit totaled $4.7 million.
The
Company uses several funding sources to meet its liquidity
requirements. The primary funding source is core deposits, which
includes demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered
certificates of deposits of denominations less than $250,000. The
Company considers these to be a stable portion of the
Company’s liability mix and the result of on-going consumer
and commercial banking relationships. As of December 31, 2020, the
Company’s core deposits totaled $1.2 billion, or 98% of total
deposits.
The
Bank’s five largest deposit relationships, including
securities sold under agreements to repurchase, amounted to $122.0
million and $121.9 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. These balances represent 9.78% of total deposits and
securities sold under agreements to repurchase combined at December
31, 2020, as compared to 12.30% of total deposits and securities
sold under agreements to repurchase combined at December 31, 2019.
Total deposits for the five largest relationships referenced above
amounted to $108.9 million, or 8.92% of total deposits at December
31, 2020, as compared to $107.7 million, or 11.14% of total
deposits at December 31, 2019. Total securities sold under
agreements to repurchase for the five largest relationships
referenced above amounted to $13.1 million, or 49.86% of total
securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31,
2020, as compared to $14.2 million, or 58.76% of total securities
sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31,
2019.
The
other sources of funding for the Company are through large
denomination certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits,
federal funds purchased, securities under agreement to repurchase
and FHLB borrowings. The Bank is also able to borrow from the FRB
on a short-term basis. The Bank’s policies include the
ability to access wholesale funding up to 40% of total assets. The
Bank’s wholesale funding includes FHLB borrowings, FRB
borrowings, brokered deposits and internet certificates of deposit.
The Company’s ratio of wholesale funding to total assets was
0.88% as of December 31, 2020.
The
Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 20% of the
Bank’s total assets, with no balances outstanding at December
31, 2020. At December 31, 2020, the carrying value of loans pledged
as collateral totaled approximately $165.1 million. The remaining
availability under the line of credit with the FHLB was $111.4
million at December 31, 2020. The Bank had no borrowings from the
FRB at December 31, 2020. The FRB borrowings are collateralized by
a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns
which are not pledged to the FHLB. At December 31, 2020, the
carrying value of loans pledged as collateral to the FRB totaled
approximately $469.5 million. Availability under the line of credit
with the FRB was $340.0 million at December 31, 2020.
The
Bank also had the ability to borrow up to $100.5 million for the
purchase of overnight federal funds from five correspondent
financial institutions as of December 31, 2020.
The
liquidity ratio for the Bank, which is defined as net cash,
interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold and
certain investment securities, as a percentage of net deposits and
short-term liabilities was 28.12%, 18.20% and 16.09% at December
31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The minimum required
liquidity ratio as defined in the Bank’s Asset/Liability and
Interest Rate Risk Management Policy for on balance sheet liquidity
was 10% at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
As
disclosed in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows included elsewhere herein, net cash provided by operating
activities was approximately $9.2 million during 2020. Net cash
used in investing activities was $149.0 million during 2020 and net
cash provided by financing activities was $249.0 million during
2020.
Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk
Management. The objective of the Company’s Asset
Liability and Interest Rate Risk strategies is to identify and
manage the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest
rates and to minimize the interest rate risk between
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at various
maturities. This is done in conjunction with the need to maintain
adequate liquidity and the overall goal of maximizing net interest
income. Table 6 presents an interest rate sensitivity analysis for
the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for
the year ended December 31, 2020.
Table 6 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Over One Year & Non-sensitive
|
|
Interest-earning assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
$255,956
|
8,929
|
19
|
264,904
|
683,735
|
948,639
|
Mortgage loans
held for sale
|
9,139
|
-
|
-
|
9,139
|
-
|
9,139
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
-
|
3,302
|
7,403
|
10,705
|
234,544
|
245,249
|
Interest-bearing
deposit accounts
|
118,843
|
-
|
-
|
118,843
|
-
|
118,843
|
Other
interest-earning assets
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
4,619
|
4,619
|
Total interest-earning assets
|
383,938
|
12,231
|
7,422
|
403,591
|
922,898
|
1,326,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW, savings,
and money market deposits
|
657,834
|
-
|
-
|
657,834
|
-
|
657,834
|
Time
deposits
|
9,805
|
10,104
|
37,565
|
57,474
|
48,798
|
106,272
|
Securities
sold under
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
agreement to
repurchase
|
26,201
|
-
|
-
|
26,201
|
-
|
26,201
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
-
|
15,464
|
-
|
15,464
|
-
|
15,464
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities
|
693,840
|
25,568
|
37,565
|
756,973
|
48,798
|
805,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-sensitive gap
|
$(309,902)
|
(13,337)
|
(30,143)
|
(353,382)
|
874,100
|
520,718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative interest-sensitive gap
|
$(309,902)
|
(323,239)
|
(353,382)
|
(353,382)
|
520,718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55.34%
|
47.84%
|
19.76%
|
53.32%
|
1891.26%
|
|
The
Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates
through policies established by the Asset/Liability Committee
(“ALCO”) of the Bank. The ALCO meets quarterly and has
the responsibility for approving asset/liability management
policies, formulating and implementing strategies to improve
balance sheet positioning and/or earnings and reviewing the
interest rate sensitivity of the Company. ALCO tries to minimize
interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities by attempting to minimize wide
fluctuations in net interest income due to interest rate movements.
The ability to control these fluctuations has a direct impact on
the profitability of the Company. Management monitors this activity
on a regular basis through analysis of its portfolios to determine
the difference between rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive
liabilities.
The
Company’s rate sensitive assets are those earning interest at
variable rates and those with contractual maturities within one
year. Rate sensitive assets therefore include both loans and
available for sale (“AFS”) securities. Rate sensitive
liabilities include interest-bearing checking accounts, money
market deposit accounts, savings accounts, time deposits and
borrowed funds. At December 31, 2020, rate sensitive assets and
rate sensitive liabilities totaled $1.3 billion and $793.2 million,
respectively.
Included in the
rate sensitive assets are $232.7 million in variable rate loans
indexed to prime rate subject to immediate repricing upon changes
by the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”). The Bank
utilizes interest rate floors on certain variable rate loans to
protect against further downward movements in the prime rate. At
December 31, 2020, the Bank had $144.0 million in loans with
interest rate floors. The floors were in effect on $117.4 million
of these loans pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes on
these loans. The weighted average rate on these loans is 0.83%
higher than the indexed rate on the promissory notes without
interest rate floors.
An
analysis of the Company’s financial condition and growth can
be made by examining the changes and trends in interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities. A discussion of these
changes and trends follows.
Analysis of Financial Condition
Investment Securities. The composition
of the investment securities portfolio reflects the Company’s
investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of
liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of income. The
investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk
and credit risk in other categories of the balance sheet while
providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds,
furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as
required collateral for certain deposits.
All of
the Company’s investment securities are held in the AFS
category. At December 31,
2020 the market value of AFS securities totaled $245.2 million, as
compared to $195.7 million and $194.6 million at December 31, 2019
and 2018, respectively. Table 7 presents the fair value of the AFS
securities held at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Table 7 - Summary of Investment Portfolio
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
U.
S. Government sponsored enterprises
|
$7,507
|
28,397
|
34,634
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
92,428
|
88,143
|
107,591
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
145,314
|
78,956
|
52,103
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
-
|
250
|
250
|
Total securities
|
$245,249
|
195,746
|
194,578
|
The
Company’s investment portfolio consists of U.S. Government
sponsored enterprise securities, municipal securities, U.S.
Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities,
corporate bonds, trust preferred securities and equity securities.
AFS securities averaged $200.8 million in 2020, $185.3 million in
2019 and $209.7 million in 2018. Table 8 presents the book value of
AFS securities held by the Company by maturity category at December
31, 2020. Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair
value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’
equity. Yields are calculated on a tax equivalent basis. Yields and
interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a
tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate of 22.98% for
securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an
effective tax rate of 20.48% for federal tax-exempt
securities.
Table 8 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on
Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
Government
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
$-
|
-
|
3,314
|
3.02%
|
1,110
|
0.89%
|
3,083
|
1.99%
|
7,507
|
2.50%
|
State and
political subdivisions
|
10,704
|
3.38%
|
12,684
|
2.40%
|
64,716
|
2.46%
|
4,324
|
3.52%
|
92,428
|
2.56%
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
14,442
|
1.77%
|
130,872
|
2.05%
|
145,314
|
2.01%
|
Total securities
|
$10,704
|
3.38%
|
15,998
|
2.95%
|
80,268
|
1.87%
|
138,279
|
2.44%
|
245,249
|
2.06%
|
Loans. The loan portfolio is the
largest category of the Company’s earning assets and is
comprised of commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real
estate construction loans and consumer loans. The Bank grants loans
and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region
of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell
and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Wake and Durham
counties in North Carolina.
Although the
Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of
the loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, which is
dependent upon the real estate market. Real estate mortgage loans
include both commercial and residential mortgage loans. At December
31, 2020, the Company had $104.2 million in residential mortgage
loans, $96.6 million in home equity loans and $476.7 million in
commercial mortgage loans, which include $375.0 million secured by
commercial property and $101.7 million secured by residential
property. Residential mortgage loans include $26.9 million in
non-traditional mortgage loans from the former Banco division of
the Bank. All residential mortgage loans are originated as fully
amortizing loans, with no negative amortization.
At
December 31, 2020, the Bank had $94.1 million in construction and
land development loans. Table 9 presents a breakout of these
loans.
Table 9 - Construction and Land Development Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Land
acquisition and development - commercial purposes
|
36
|
$7,509
|
-
|
Land
acquisition and development - residential purposes
|
161
|
20,444
|
-
|
1
to 4 family residential construction
|
93
|
18,897
|
-
|
Commercial
construction
|
32
|
47,274
|
-
|
Total
acquisition, development and construction
|
322
|
$94,124
|
-
|
The
mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices are
generally 15 to 30-year fixed rate loans with attributes that
prevent the loans from being sellable in the secondary market.
These factors may include higher loan-to-value ratio, limited
documentation on income, non-conforming appraisal or non-conforming
property type.
These
loans are generally made to existing Bank customers and have been
originated throughout the Bank’s seven county service area,
with no geographic concentration.
The
composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31 is
presented in Table 10.
Table 10 - Loan Portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate
loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction
and land development
|
$94,124
|
9.92%
|
92,596
|
10.90%
|
94,178
|
11.71%
|
84,987
|
11.19%
|
61,749
|
8.53%
|
Single-family
residential
|
272,325
|
28.71%
|
269,475
|
31.71%
|
252,983
|
31.47%
|
246,703
|
32.47%
|
240,700
|
33.25%
|
Single-family
residential- Banco de la
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gente
non-traditional
|
26,883
|
2.83%
|
30,793
|
3.62%
|
34,261
|
4.26%
|
37,249
|
4.90%
|
40,189
|
5.55%
|
Commercial
|
332,971
|
35.10%
|
291,255
|
34.27%
|
270,055
|
33.59%
|
248,637
|
32.73%
|
247,521
|
34.20%
|
Multifamily
and farmland
|
48,880
|
5.15%
|
48,090
|
5.66%
|
33,163
|
4.12%
|
28,937
|
3.81%
|
21,047
|
2.91%
|
Total real
estate loans
|
775,183
|
81.72%
|
732,209
|
86.16%
|
684,640
|
85.15%
|
646,513
|
85.10%
|
611,206
|
84.44%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans not
secured by real estate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
161,740
|
17.05%
|
100,263
|
11.80%
|
97,465
|
12.12%
|
89,022
|
11.71%
|
87,596
|
12.11%
|
Farm
loans
|
855
|
0.09%
|
1,033
|
0.12%
|
926
|
0.12%
|
1,204
|
0.16%
|
-
|
0.00%
|
Consumer
loans
|
7,113
|
0.75%
|
8,432
|
0.99%
|
9,165
|
1.14%
|
9,888
|
1.30%
|
9,832
|
1.36%
|
All other
loans
|
3,748
|
0.40%
|
7,937
|
0.93%
|
11,827
|
1.47%
|
13,137
|
1.73%
|
15,177
|
2.10%
|
Total loans
|
948,639
|
100.00%
|
849,874
|
100.00%
|
804,023
|
100.00%
|
759,764
|
100.00%
|
723,811
|
100.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
Allowance for loan losses
|
9,908
|
|
6,680
|
|
6,445
|
|
6,366
|
|
7,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loans
|
$938,731
|
|
843,194
|
|
797,578
|
|
753,398
|
|
716,261
|
|
As of
December 31, 2020, gross loans outstanding were $948.6 million, as
compared to $849.9 million at December 31, 2019. Average loans
represented 74% and 79% of average total earning assets for the
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Bank had
$9.1 million and $4.4 million in mortgage loans held for sale as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
TDR
loans modified in 2020, past due TDR loans and non-accrual TDR
loans totaled $3.8 million and $4.3 million at December 31, 2020
and December 31, 2019, respectively. The terms of these loans have
been renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms,
including a reduction in principal or interest as a result of the
deteriorating financial position of the borrower. There were no
performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019.
On
March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which
established a $2 trillion economic stimulus package, including cash
payments to individuals, supplemental unemployment insurance
benefits and a $349 billion loan program administered through the
PPP. Under the PPP, small businesses, sole proprietorships,
independent contractors and self-employed individuals may apply for
loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated
lenders that enroll in the program, subject to numerous limitations
and eligibility criteria. The Bank is participating as a lender in
the PPP. The Bank originated $64.5 million in PPP loans during the
initial round of PPP funding. A second round of PPP funding, signed
into law by President Trump on April 24, 2020, provided $320
billion additional funding for the PPP. As of December 31, 2020,
the Bank had originated $34.5 million in PPP loans during the
second round of PPP funding. Total PPP loans originated as of
December 31, 2020 amounted to $99.0 million. PPP loans outstanding
amounted to $75.8 million at December 31, 2020. PPP loans are
reported in Commercial loans not secured by real estate in Table 10
above. The Bank has received $4.0 million in fees from the SBA for
PPP loans originated as of December 31, 2020. The Bank has
recognized $1.4 million PPP loan fee income as of December 31,
2020. PPP loan fee income is reported in interest and fees on loans
in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings on page
A-31.
The
Bank has continued to modify payments on loans due to the COVID-19
pandemic. At September 30, 2020, loans totaling $119.7 million had
payment modifications due to the COVID-19 pandemic. At December 31,
2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications as a result
of COVID-19 was $18.3 million: the balance of loans under the terms
of a first modification was $12.6 million, and the balance of
outstanding loans under the terms of a second modification was $5.7
million. The Company continues to track all loans that are
currently modified or have been modified under COVID-19. At
December 31, 2020, the balance for all loans that are currently
modified or were modified during 2020 but have returned to their
original terms was $119.6 million. Payment modifications are
primarily interest only payments for three to nine months. Loan
payment modifications associated with the COVID-19 pandemic are not
classified as TDR due to Section 4013 of the CARES Act, which
provides that a qualified loan modification is exempt by law from
classification as a TDR pursuant to GAAP.
Table
11 identifies the maturities of all loans as of December 31, 2020
and addresses the sensitivity of these loans to changes in interest
rates.
Table 11 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
After one year through five years
|
|
|
Real estate loans
|
|
|
|
|
Construction
and land development
|
$34,977
|
23,058
|
36,089
|
94,124
|
Single-family
residential
|
120,291
|
78,787
|
73,247
|
272,325
|
Single-family
residential- Banco de la Gente
|
|
|
|
|
stated
income
|
12,497
|
-
|
14,386
|
26,883
|
Commercial
|
70,231
|
158,119
|
104,621
|
332,971
|
Multifamily
and farmland
|
10,289
|
22,011
|
16,580
|
48,880
|
Total
real estate loans
|
248,285
|
281,975
|
244,923
|
775,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
not secured by real estate
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
36,055
|
105,289
|
20,396
|
161,740
|
Farm
loans
|
776
|
79
|
-
|
855
|
Consumer
loans
|
3,776
|
2,638
|
699
|
7,113
|
All
other loans
|
1,947
|
1,369
|
432
|
3,748
|
Total loans
|
$290,839
|
391,350
|
266,450
|
948,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
fixed rate loans
|
$25,935
|
357,413
|
266,450
|
649,798
|
Total
floating rate loans
|
264,904
|
33,937
|
-
|
298,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans
|
$290,839
|
391,350
|
266,450
|
948,639
|
In the
normal course of business, there are various commitments
outstanding to extend credit that are not reflected in the
financial statements. At December 31, 2020, outstanding loan
commitments totaled $299.0 million. Commitments to extend credit
are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no
violation of any condition established in the commitment contract.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other
termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of
the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total
commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
requirements. Additional information regarding commitments is
provided below in the section entitled “Commitments and
Contingencies” and in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Allowance for Loan Losses. The
allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment
and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its
evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The Bank
periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review
asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that
management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks
and loan losses. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size,
quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other
factors considered are:
● the
Bank’s loan loss experience;
● the
amount of past due and non-performing loans;
● specific
known risks;
● the
status and amount of other past due and non-performing
assets;
● underlying
estimated values of collateral securing loans;
●
current and
anticipated economic conditions (including those arising out of the
COVID-19 pandemic); and
● other
factors which management believes affect the allowance for
potential credit losses.
Management uses
several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan
portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan
origination and continues until the loan is collected or
collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the
Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the
loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer
monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes
changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated
or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth
reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit
Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades,
management considers assessments as determined by the third-party
credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and
the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the
risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit
administrators and factored into management’s decision to
originate or renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors
reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s
reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the
Bank’s Credit Administration.
As an
additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to
review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses.
This independent third-party reviews and evaluates loan
relationships greater than $1.0 million as well as a sample of commercial
relationships with exposures below $1.0 million, excluding loans in
default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation. The
third party’s evaluation and report is shared with management
and the Bank’s Board of Directors.
Management
considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to
be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon
available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or
reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the
portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan
and other matters related to credit risk.
Management uses the
information developed from the procedures described above in
evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading
process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio
and to assist management in estimating the allowance for loan
losses. The provision for loan losses charged or credited to
earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount
necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to
absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the
balance sheet date. The amount each quarter is dependent upon many
factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the
loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s
assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and
other macro-economic factors and trends. The evaluation of these
factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of
the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.
The
allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components:
specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves. After
a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures
impairment. When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the
recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is
recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are
determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s
current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each
credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral.
Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from
the general allowance calculations as described below.
The
general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for
collective loan impairment. These reserves are based upon
historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two,
three, four, or five years’ loss experience. This charge-off
experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current
conditions. The Bank considers information derived from its loan
risk ratings and external data related to industry and general
economic trends in establishing reserves. Qualitative factors
applied in the Company’s Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
(“ALLL”) model include the impact to the economy from
the COVID-19 pandemic and reserves on loans with payment
modifications made in 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. At
December 31, 2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications
as a result of COVID-19 was $18.3 million: the balance of loans
under the terms of a first modification was $12.6 million, and the
balance of outstanding loans under the terms of a second
modification was $5.7 million. The Company continues to track all
loans that are currently modified or have been modified under
COVID-19. At December 31, 2020, the balance for all loans that are
currently modified or were modified during 2020 but have returned
to their original terms was $119.6 million. These loan balances
associated with COVID-19 related modifications have been grouped
into their own pool within the ALLL model as they have a higher
likelihood of risk, and a higher reserve rate has been applied to
that pool. Of all loans modified as a result of COVID-19, $101.3
million of these loans have returned to their original terms;
however, the effects of stimulus in the current environment are
still unknown, and additional losses may be currently present in
loans that are currently modified and that were once
modified.
The
unallocated allowance is determined through management’s
assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not
adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance,
including consideration of current economic and business conditions
and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also
reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and
subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk. Due to the
subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance,
including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may
fluctuate from period to period based on management’s
evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in
calculating the allowance.
There
were no significant changes in the estimation methods or
fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for
loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to
the year ended December 31, 2019. Revisions, estimates and
assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting
factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous
estimates.
Effective December
31, 2012, certain mortgage loans from the former Banco division of
the Bank were analyzed separately from other single-family
residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio. These loans
are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in
Mecklenburg, North Carolina and surrounding counties. These loans
are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not
have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by
the loan officers.
Various
regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination
process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan
losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance
based on their judgments of information available to them at the
time of their examinations. Management believes it has established
the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken
into account the views of its regulators and the current economic
environment. Management considers the allowance for loan losses
adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s
loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Although
management uses the best information available to make evaluations,
significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary
based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely
affecting the operating results of the Company.
Net
charge-offs for 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $1.0 million, $628,000 and
$711,000, respectively. The ratio of net charge-offs to average
total loans was 0.11% in 2020, 0.07% in 2018 and 0.09%
in 2018. The years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 saw net
charge-offs at historically low levels. The current level of past
due and non-accrual loans currently indicate that net charge-offs
may not remain near these historical lows. The allowance for loan
losses was $9.9 million or 1.04% of total loans outstanding at
December 31, 2020. For December 31, 2019 and 2018, the allowance
for loan losses amounted to $6.7 million or 0.79% of total loans
outstanding and $6.4 million, or 0.80% of total loans outstanding,
respectively.
Table
12 presents the percentage of loans assigned to each risk grade at
December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Table 12 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk Grade
|
|
|
Risk
Grade 1 (Excellent Quality)
|
1.18%
|
1.16%
|
Risk
Grade 2 (High Quality)
|
20.45%
|
24.46%
|
Risk
Grade 3 (Good Quality)
|
65.70%
|
62.15%
|
Risk
Grade 4 (Management Attention)
|
9.75%
|
10.02%
|
Risk
Grade 5 (Watch)
|
2.20%
|
1.45%
|
Risk
Grade 6 (Substandard)
|
0.72%
|
0.76%
|
Risk
Grade 7 (Doubtful)
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
Risk
Grade 8 (Loss)
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
Table
13 presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses, including
charge-off activity.
Table 13 - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses at beginning
|
$6,680
|
6,445
|
6,366
|
7,550
|
9,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
charged off:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
|
903
|
389
|
54
|
194
|
146
|
Real
estate - mortgage
|
72
|
43
|
574
|
315
|
593
|
Real
estate - construction
|
5
|
21
|
53
|
-
|
7
|
Consumer
|
434
|
623
|
452
|
473
|
492
|
Total loans charged off
|
1,414
|
1,076
|
1,133
|
982
|
1,238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recoveries
of losses previously charged off:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
|
34
|
83
|
32
|
31
|
170
|
Real
estate - mortgage
|
141
|
115
|
212
|
106
|
74
|
Real
estate - construction
|
36
|
45
|
10
|
14
|
10
|
Consumer
|
172
|
205
|
168
|
154
|
151
|
Total recoveries
|
383
|
448
|
422
|
305
|
405
|
Net loans charged off
|
1,031
|
628
|
711
|
677
|
833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
4,259
|
863
|
790
|
(507)
|
(1,206)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses at end of year
|
$9,908
|
6,680
|
6,445
|
6,366
|
7,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
charged off net of recoveries, as
|
|
|
|
|
|
a
percent of average loans outstanding
|
0.11%
|
0.07%
|
0.09%
|
0.09%
|
0.12%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses as a percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
of
total loans outstanding at end of year
|
1.04%
|
0.79%
|
0.80%
|
0.84%
|
1.04%
|
Non-performing Assets. Non-performing
assets were $3.9 million or 0.27% of total assets at December 31,
2020, compared to $3.6 million or 0.31% of total assets at December
31, 2019. Non-performing assets include $3.5 million in commercial
and residential mortgage loans, $226,000 in other loans and
$128,000 in other real estate owned at December 31, 2020, compared
to $3.4 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans and
$154,000 in other loans at December 31, 2019. Other real estate
owned totaled $128,000 at December 31, 2020. The Bank had no other
real estate owned at December 31, 2019. The Bank had no repossessed
assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
At
December 31, 2020, the Bank had non-performing loans, defined as
non-accrual and accruing loans past due more than 90 days, of $3.8
million or 0.40% of total loans. Non-performing loans at December
31, 2019 were $3.6 million or 0.42% of total loans.
Management
continually monitors the loan portfolio to ensure that all loans
potentially having a material adverse impact on future operating
results, liquidity or capital resources have been classified as
non-performing. Should economic conditions deteriorate, the
inability of distressed customers to service their existing debt
could cause higher levels of non-performing loans. Management
expects the level of non-accrual loans to continue to be in-line
with the level of non-accrual loans at December 31, 2020 and
2019.
It is
the general policy of the Bank to stop accruing interest income
when a loan is placed on non-accrual status and any interest
previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current
income. Generally, a loan is placed on non-accrual status when it
is over 90 days past due and there is reasonable doubt that all
principal will be collected.
A
summary of non-performing assets at December 31 for each of the
years presented is shown in Table 14.
Table 14 - Non-performing Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-accrual
loans
|
$3,758
|
3,553
|
3,314
|
3,711
|
3,825
|
Loans
90 days or more past due and still accruing
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total non-performing loans
|
3,758
|
3,553
|
3,314
|
3,711
|
3,825
|
All
other real estate owned
|
128
|
-
|
27
|
118
|
283
|
Repossessed
assets
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total non-performing assets
|
$3,886
|
3,553
|
3,341
|
3,829
|
4,108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TDR
loans not included in above,
|
|
|
|
|
|
(not
90 days past due or on nonaccrual)
|
$1,610
|
2,533
|
3,173
|
2,543
|
3,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a percent of total loans at year end
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-accrual
loans
|
0.40%
|
0.42%
|
0.41%
|
0.49%
|
0.53%
|
Loans
90 days or more past due and still accruing
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-performing assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
as a percent of total assets at year end
|
0.27%
|
0.31%
|
0.31%
|
0.35%
|
0.38%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-performing loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
as a percent of total loans at year-end
|
0.40%
|
0.42%
|
0.41%
|
0.49%
|
0.53%
|
Deposits. The Company primarily uses
deposits to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Company
offers a variety of deposit accounts to individuals and businesses.
Deposit accounts include checking, savings, money market and time
deposits. As of December 31, 2020, total deposits were $1.2
billion, as compared to $966.5 million at December 31, 2019.
Core deposits, which
include demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered
certificates of deposits of denominations less than $250,000,
amounted to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2020, as compared to
$932.2 million at December 31, 2019.
Time
deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more totaled $25.8 million and
$34.3 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. At
December 31, 2020, brokered deposits amounted to $12.4 million, as
compared to $22.3 million at December 31, 2019. Certificates of
deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account
Registry Service (“CDARS”) included in brokered
deposits amounted to $4.3 million and $3.1 million as of December
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Brokered deposits are generally
considered to be more susceptible to withdrawal as a result of
interest rate changes and to be a less stable source of funds, as
compared to deposits from the local market. Brokered deposits
outstanding as of December 31, 2020 have a weighted average rate of
1.43% with a weighted average original term of 32
months.
Table
15 is a summary of the maturity distribution of time deposits in
amounts of $250,000 or more as of December 31, 2020.
Table 15 - Maturities of Time Deposits of $250,000 or
greater
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
Three
months or less
|
$3,658
|
Over
three months through six months
|
3,297
|
Over
six months through twelve months
|
3,871
|
Over
twelve months
|
14,945
|
Total
|
$25,771
|
Borrowed Funds. The Company has access
to various short-term borrowings, including the purchase of federal
funds and borrowing arrangements from the FHLB and other financial
institutions. There were no FHLB borrowings outstanding at December
31, 2020 and 2019. Average FHLB borrowings for 2020 and 2019 were
$60.8 million and $19.6 million, respectively. The maximum amount
of outstanding FHLB borrowings was $70.0 million in
2020. Additional
information regarding FHLB borrowings is provided in Note 7 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
The
Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2020 and 2019.
FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all
qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the
FHLB. At December 31, 2020, the carrying value of loans pledged as
collateral totaled approximately $469.5 million.
Securities sold
under agreements to repurchase were $26.2 million at December 31,
2020, as compared to $24.2 million at December 31,
2019.
Junior
subordinated debentures were $15.5 million and $15.6 million as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements. The Company’s contractual obligations
and other commitments as of December 31, 2020 are summarized in
Table 16 below. The Company’s contractual obligations include
junior subordinated debentures, as well as certain payments under
current lease agreements. Other commitments include commitments to
extend credit. Because not all of these commitments to extend
credit will be drawn upon, the actual cash requirements are likely
to be significantly less than the amounts reported for other
commitments below.
Table 16 - Contractual Obligations and Other
Commitments
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Cash Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
$-
|
-
|
-
|
15,464
|
15,464
|
Operating
lease obligations
|
601
|
842
|
629
|
1,011
|
3,083
|
Total
|
$601
|
842
|
629
|
16,475
|
18,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
to extend credit
|
$117,428
|
31,300
|
15,293
|
135,018
|
299,039
|
Standby
letters of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
financial guarantees written
|
4,745
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
4,745
|
Income
tax credits
|
54
|
74
|
12
|
44
|
184
|
Total
|
$122,227
|
31,374
|
15,305
|
135,062
|
303,968
|
The
Company enters into derivative contracts to manage various
financial risks. A derivative is a financial instrument that
derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an
underlying instrument, index or referenced interest rate.
Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the consolidated
balance sheet with the fair value representing the net present
value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market
interest rates as of the balance sheet date. Derivative contracts
are written in amounts referred to as notional amounts, which only
provide the basis for calculating payments between counterparties
and are not a measure of financial risk. Therefore, the derivative
amounts recorded on the balance sheet do not represent the amounts
that may ultimately be paid under
these
contracts. Further discussions of derivative instruments are
included above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and
Interest Rate Risk Management” beginning on page A-11 and in
Notes 1, 11 and 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. There
were no derivatives at December 31, 2020 or 2019.
Capital Resources. Shareholders’
equity was $139.9 million, or 9.89% of total assets, as of December
31, 2020, as compared to $134.1 million, or 11.61% of total assets,
as of December 31, 2019.
Average
shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets
is one measure used to determine capital strength. Average
shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets
was 9.89%, 11.61% and 11.31% for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.04% at
December 31, 2020, as compared to 10.45% and 10.81% at December 31,
2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Total cash dividends paid
on common stock were $4.4 million, $3.9 million and $3.1 million
during 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The
Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of
preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares. The Board is
authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers,
designations, preferences, limitations and relative
rights.
In
2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock
repurchase program, whereby up to $5 million will be allocated to
repurchase the Company’s common stock. Any purchases
under the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made
periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal
requirements in the open market or in privately-negotiated
transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares
will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its
evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock
repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from
time-to-time without prior notice. The Company has
repurchased approximately $2.5 million, or 90,354 shares of its
common stock, under this stock repurchase program as of December
31, 2019.
In
2020, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock
repurchase program, whereby up to $3 million will be allocated to
repurchase the Company’s common stock. Any purchases under
the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made
periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal
requirements in the open market or in privately-negotiated
transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares
will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its
evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock
repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from
time-to-time without prior notice. The Company has repurchased
approximately $3.0 million, or 126,800 shares of its common stock,
under this stock repurchase program as of December 31,
2020.
In
2013, the FRB approved its final rule on the Basel III capital
standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital
framework for banking organizations. The Basel III capital
standards, which became effective January 1, 2015, include new
risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were phased in from
2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable
to the Company and the Bank under the final rules are as follows:
(i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1
capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk-based
capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a
Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules). An
additional capital conservation buffer was added to the minimum
requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1,
2016 and was phased in through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on
January 1, 2016 and each subsequent January 1, until it reached
2.5% on January 1, 2019). This resulted in the following minimum
ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio
of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total
capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, institutions would
be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share
repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level
falls below the buffer amount. These limitations establish a
maximum percentage of eligible retained earnings that could be
utilized for such actions.
Under
the regulatory capital guidelines, financial institutions are
currently required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of
8.0% or greater, with a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or
greater and a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% or
greater, as required by the Basel III capital standards referenced
above. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as shareholders’
equity and trust preferred securities less all intangible assets
and goodwill. Tier 1 capital includes $15.0 million in trust
preferred securities at December 31, 2020 and 2019. The
Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.07% and 15.37% at
December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Total
risk-based capital is defined as Tier 1 capital plus supplementary
capital. Supplementary capital, or Tier 2 capital, consists of the
Company’s allowance for loan losses, not exceeding 1.25% of
the Company’s risk-weighted assets. Total risk-based capital
ratio is therefore defined as the ratio of total capital (Tier 1
capital and Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets. The
Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 16.07% and
16.08% at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
The Company’s common equity Tier 1 capital consists of common
stock and retained earnings. The Company’s common equity Tier
1 capital ratio was 13.56% and 13.79% at December 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019, respectively. Financial institutions are also
required to maintain a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to
total
average
assets of 4.0% or greater. The Company’s Tier 1 leverage
capital ratio was 10.24% and 11.91% at December 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019, respectively.
The
Bank’s Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 14.85% and 15.09%
at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The total
risk-based capital ratio for the Bank was 15.85% and 15.79% at
December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The
Bank’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 14.85% and
15.09% at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
The Bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 10.04% and
11.61% at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019,
respectively.
A bank
is considered to be “well capitalized” if it has a
total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1
capital ratio of 6.5% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or
greater. Based upon these guidelines, the Bank was considered to be
“well capitalized” at December 31, 2020.
The Company’s key
equity ratios as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are presented
in Table 17.
Table 17 - Equity Ratios
|
|
|
|
Return
on average assets
|
0.83%
|
1.23%
|
1.22%
|
Return
on average equity
|
8.04%
|
10.45%
|
10.81%
|
Dividend
payout ratio
|
38.67%
|
28.00%
|
23.41%
|
Average
equity to average assets
|
10.35%
|
11.78%
|
11.31%
|
Quarterly Financial Data. The
Company’s consolidated quarterly operating results for the
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented in Table
18.
Table 18
(Dollars in thousands, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest
income
|
$12,250
|
11,638
|
11,868
|
12,202
|
$12,183
|
12,375
|
12,430
|
12,613
|
Total interest
expense
|
1,041
|
912
|
942
|
941
|
757
|
781
|
994
|
1,225
|
Net interest income
|
11,209
|
10,726
|
10,926
|
11,261
|
11,426
|
11,594
|
11,436
|
11,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for
loan losses
|
1,521
|
1,417
|
522
|
799
|
178
|
77
|
422
|
186
|
Other
income
|
4,595
|
5,239
|
7,132
|
5,948
|
4,120
|
4,385
|
4,708
|
4,526
|
Other
expense
|
11,449
|
11,452
|
11,914
|
14,116
|
10,916
|
11,244
|
11,267
|
12,090
|
Income before income taxes
|
2,834
|
3,096
|
5,622
|
2,294
|
4,452
|
4,658
|
4,455
|
3,638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
expense
|
467
|
535
|
1,113
|
374
|
785
|
845
|
834
|
672
|
Net earnings
|
2,367
|
2,561
|
4,509
|
1,920
|
3,667
|
3,813
|
3,621
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net earnings per share
|
$0.40
|
0.44
|
0.78
|
0.33
|
$0.61
|
0.64
|
0.62
|
0.50
|
Diluted net earnings per share
|
$0.40
|
0.44
|
0.78
|
0.33
|
$0.61
|
0.64
|
0.61
|
0.50
|
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET
RISK
Market
risk reflects the risk of economic loss resulting from adverse
changes in market prices and interest rates. This risk of loss can
be reflected in either diminished current market values or reduced
potential net interest income in future periods.
The
Company’s market risk arises primarily from interest rate
risk inherent in its lending and deposit taking activities. The
structure of the Company’s loan and deposit portfolios is
such that a significant decline (increase) in interest rates may
adversely (positively) impact net market values and
interest income. Management seeks to manage the risk through the
utilization of its investment securities and off-balance sheet
derivative instruments. During the years ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018, the Company used interest rate contracts to manage
market risk as discussed above in the section entitled “Asset
Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”
Table
19 presents in tabular form the contractual balances and the
estimated fair value of the Company’s on-balance sheet
financial instruments at their expected maturity dates for the
period ended December 31, 2020. The expected maturity categories
take into consideration historical prepayment experience as well as
management’s expectations based on the interest rate
environment at December 31, 2020. For core deposits without
contractual maturity (i.e. interest-bearing checking, savings, and
money market accounts), the table presents principal cash flows
based on management’s judgment concerning their most likely
runoff or repricing behaviors.
Table 19 - Market Risk Table
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans Receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed
rate
|
$38,515
|
125,843
|
62,042
|
81,749
|
87,779
|
273,142
|
669,070
|
655,184
|
Average
interest rate
|
4.69%
|
2.53%
|
5.18%
|
4.93%
|
4.37%
|
4.29%
|
|
|
Variable
rate
|
$57,892
|
20,336
|
22,247
|
14,608
|
15,784
|
157,841
|
288,708
|
288,708
|
Average
interest rate
|
3.92%
|
4.34%
|
4.13%
|
4.04%
|
4.00%
|
4.26%
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
957,778
|
943,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
bearing deposits
|
$118,843
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
118,843
|
118,843
|
Average
interest rate
|
0.11%
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
Securities
available for sale
|
$9,977
|
7,391
|
3,347
|
632
|
1,062
|
222,840
|
245,249
|
245,249
|
Average
interest rate
|
4.42%
|
4.35%
|
4.08%
|
2.63%
|
3.03%
|
3.24%
|
|
|
Nonmarketable
equity securities
|
$-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
4,155
|
4,155
|
4,155
|
Average
interest rate
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
3.42%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
$57,902
|
19,395
|
14,815
|
10,926
|
3,821
|
1,114,227
|
1,221,086
|
1,216,503
|
Average
interest rate
|
0.29%
|
0.60%
|
0.76%
|
1.15%
|
0.93%
|
0.05%
|
|
|
Securities
sold under agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
repurchase
|
$26,201
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
26,201
|
26,201
|
Average
interest rate
|
0.39%
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
$-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
15,464
|
15,464
|
15,464
|
Average
interest rate
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1.85%
|
|
|
Table
20 presents the simulated impact to net interest income under
varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of rate
changes over a twelve-month period referred to as “rate
ramps.” The table shows the estimated theoretical impact on
the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income from
hypothetical rate changes of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3%, as
compared to the estimated theoretical impact of rates remaining
unchanged. The table also shows the simulated impact to market
value of equity under varying interest rate scenarios and the
theoretical impact of immediate and sustained rate changes referred
to as “rate shocks” of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3%, as
compared to the theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.
The prospective effects of the hypothetical interest rate changes
are based upon various assumptions, including relative and
estimated levels of key interest rates. This type of modeling has
limited usefulness because it does not allow for the strategies
management would utilize in response to sudden and sustained rate
changes. Also, management does not believe that rate changes of the
magnitude presented are likely in the forecast period
presented.
Table 20 - Interest Rate Risk
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
Estimated Resulting Theoretical Net
Interest Income
|
Hypothetical
rate change (ramp over 12 months)
|
|
|
+3%
|
$44,228
|
4.08%
|
+2%
|
$43,925
|
3.37%
|
+1%
|
$43,302
|
1.90%
|
0%
|
$42,494
|
0.00%
|
-1%
|
$42,159
|
-0.79%
|
-2%
|
$42,107
|
-0.91%
|
-3%
|
$42,105
|
-0.92%
|
|
Estimated Resulting Theoretical Market
Value of Equity
|
Hypothetical
rate change (immediate shock)
|
|
|
+3%
|
$179,805
|
37.72%
|
+2%
|
$176,642
|
35.30%
|
+1%
|
$160,149
|
22.67%
|
0%
|
$130,555
|
0.00%
|
-1%
|
$88,296
|
-32.37%
|
-2%
|
$83,689
|
-35.90%
|
-3%
|
$86,198
|
-33.98%
|
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
INDEX
|
PAGE(S)
|
|
|
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
A-27- A-28
|
|
|
Financial Statements
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2020 and
2019
|
A-29
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December
31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
|
A-30
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
|
A-31
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the
years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
|
A-32
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December
31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
|
A-33 - A-34
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
A-35 - A-71
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
To the
Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North
Carolina, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the
Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated
statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in
shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes
to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the
financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in
accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error
or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged
to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial
reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those
risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising
from the current period audit of the financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee
and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material
to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially
challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of
the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on
the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or
disclosures to which it relates.
elliottdavis.com
Allowance for Loan Losses - Qualitative Factors
As discussed in Note 3 to the Company’s financial statements,
the Company had a gross loan portfolio of approximately $948.6
million and associated allowance for loan losses of approximately
$9.9 million as of December 31, 2020. As described by the Company
in Note 1, the allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular
basis by management and is based on management’s periodic
review of the collectability of the loans in light of the
Company’s historical loan loss experience, the amount of past
due and non-performing loans, specific known risks, underlying
estimated values of collateral securing loans, current and
anticipated economic conditions, and other factors which management
believes represents the best estimate of the allowance for loan
losses.
We identified the Company’s estimate of qualitative factors
applied to adjust the historical loss experience of the allowance
for loan losses as a critical audit matter. The principal
considerations for our determination of the allowance for loan
losses as a critical audit matter related to the high degree of
subjectivity in the Company’s judgments in determining the
qualitative factors. Auditing these complex judgments and
assumptions by the Company involves especially challenging auditor
judgment due to the nature and extent of audit evidence and effort
required to address these matters, including the extent of
specialized skill or knowledge needed.
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit
matter included the following:
●
We
evaluated the relevance and the reasonableness of assumptions
related to evaluation of the loan portfolio, current economic
conditions, and other risk factors used in development of the
qualitative factors for collectively evaluated loans.
●
We
evaluated the reasonableness of assumptions and data used by the
Company in developing the qualitative factors by comparing these
data points to internally developed and third-party sources, and
other audit evidence gathered.
●
Analytical
procedures were performed to evaluate changes that occurred in the
allowance for loan losses for loans collectively evaluated for
impairment.
/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC
We have served as the Company's auditor since
2015.
Charlotte,
North Carolina
March
19, 2021
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks, including reserve requirements
|
|
|
of
$0 at 12/31/20 and $13,210 at 12/31/19
|
$42,737
|
48,337
|
Interest-bearing
deposits
|
118,843
|
720
|
Federal
funds sold
|
-
|
3,330
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
161,580
|
52,387
|
|
|
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
245,249
|
195,746
|
Other
investments
|
4,155
|
4,231
|
Total
securities
|
249,404
|
199,977
|
|
|
|
Mortgage
loans held for sale
|
9,139
|
4,417
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
948,639
|
849,874
|
Less
allowance for loan losses
|
(9,908)
|
(6,680)
|
Net
loans
|
938,731
|
843,194
|
|
|
|
Premises
and equipment, net
|
18,600
|
18,604
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
16,968
|
16,319
|
Other
real estate
|
128
|
-
|
Right
of use lease asset
|
3,423
|
3,622
|
Accrued
interest receivable and other assets
|
16,882
|
16,362
|
Total
assets
|
$1,414,855
|
1,154,882
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
and Shareholders' Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits:
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing
demand
|
$456,980
|
338,004
|
NOW,
MMDA & savings
|
657,834
|
516,757
|
Time,
$250,000 or more
|
25,771
|
34,269
|
Other
time
|
80,501
|
77,487
|
Total
deposits
|
1,221,086
|
966,517
|
|
|
|
Securities
sold under agreements to repurchase
|
26,201
|
24,221
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
15,464
|
15,619
|
Lease
liability
|
3,471
|
3,647
|
Accrued
interest payable and other liabilities
|
8,734
|
10,758
|
Total
liabilities
|
1,274,956
|
1,020,762
|
|
|
|
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders'
equity:
|
|
|
Preferred
stock, no par value; authorized
|
|
|
5,000,000
shares; no shares issued and outstanding
|
-
|
-
|
Common
stock, no par value; authorized
|
|
|
20,000,000
shares; issued and outstanding 5,787,504 shares
|
|
|
at
December 31, 2020 and 5,912,300 shares at December 31,
2019
|
56,871
|
59,813
|
Retained
earnings
|
77,628
|
70,663
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive income
|
5,400
|
3,644
|
Total
shareholders' equity
|
139,899
|
134,120
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and shareholders' equity
|
$1,414,855
|
1,154,882
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income:
|
|
|
|
Interest
and fees on loans
|
$42,314
|
43,301
|
38,654
|
Interest
on due from banks
|
127
|
213
|
304
|
Interest
on federal funds sold
|
204
|
331
|
-
|
Interest
on investment securities:
|
|
|
|
U.S.
Government sponsored enterprises
|
2,361
|
2,670
|
2,333
|
States
and political subdivisions
|
2,691
|
2,915
|
3,877
|
Other
|
261
|
171
|
182
|
Total
interest income
|
47,958
|
49,601
|
45,350
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
NOW,
MMDA & savings deposits
|
1,962
|
1,596
|
769
|
Time
deposits
|
947
|
909
|
472
|
FHLB
borrowings
|
357
|
205
|
-
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
370
|
844
|
790
|
Other
|
200
|
203
|
115
|
Total
interest expense
|
3,836
|
3,757
|
2,146
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
44,122
|
45,844
|
43,204
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
4,259
|
863
|
790
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
39,863
|
44,981
|
42,414
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest
income:
|
|
|
|
Service
charges
|
3,528
|
4,576
|
4,355
|
Other
service charges and fees
|
742
|
714
|
705
|
Gain
on sale of securities
|
2,639
|
226
|
15
|
Mortgage
banking income
|
2,469
|
1,264
|
851
|
Insurance
and brokerage commissions
|
897
|
877
|
824
|
Appraisal
management fee income
|
6,754
|
4,484
|
3,206
|
Gain
(loss) on sales and write-downs of
|
|
|
|
other
real estate, net
|
(47)
|
(11)
|
17
|
Miscellaneous
|
5,932
|
5,609
|
6,193
|
Total
non-interest income
|
22,914
|
17,739
|
16,166
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
23,538
|
23,238
|
21,530
|
Occupancy
|
7,933
|
7,364
|
7,170
|
Professional
fees
|
1,580
|
1,490
|
1,525
|
Advertising
|
787
|
1,021
|
922
|
Debit
card expense
|
1,012
|
890
|
994
|
FDIC
insurance
|
263
|
119
|
328
|
Appraisal
management fee expense
|
5,274
|
3,421
|
2,460
|
Other
|
8,544
|
7,974
|
7,645
|
Total
non-interest expense
|
48,931
|
45,517
|
42,574
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
before income taxes
|
13,846
|
17,203
|
16,006
|
|
|
|
|
Income
tax expense
|
2,489
|
3,136
|
2,624
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$11,357
|
14,067
|
13,382
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
net earnings per share
|
$1.95
|
2.37
|
2.23
|
Diluted
net earnings per share
|
$1.95
|
2.36
|
2.22
|
Cash
dividends declared per share
|
$0.75
|
0.66
|
0.52
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$11,357
|
14,067
|
13,382
|
|
|
|
|
Other
comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
holding gains (losses) on securities
|
|
|
|
available
for sale
|
4,919
|
3,677
|
(3,370)
|
Reclassification
adjustment for gains on
|
|
|
|
securities
available for sale
|
|
|
|
included
in net earnings
|
(2,639)
|
(226)
|
(15)
|
|
|
|
|
Total
other comprehensive gain (loss),
|
|
|
|
before
income taxes
|
2,280
|
3,451
|
(3,385)
|
|
|
|
|
Income
tax expense (benefit) related to other
|
|
|
|
comprehensive
gain (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
holding gain (losses) on securities
|
|
|
|
available
for sale
|
1,130
|
845
|
(774)
|
Reclassification
adjustment for gains on
|
|
|
|
securities
available for sale
|
|
|
|
included
in net earnings
|
(606)
|
(52)
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
Total
income tax expense (benefit) related to
|
|
|
|
other
comprehensive gain (loss)
|
524
|
793
|
(778)
|
|
|
|
|
Total
other comprehensive gain (loss),
|
|
|
|
net
of tax
|
1,756
|
2,658
|
(2,607)
|
|
|
|
|
Total
comprehensive income
|
$13,113
|
16,725
|
10,775
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders'
Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2017
|
5,995,256
|
$62,096
|
50,286
|
3,593
|
115,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
dividends declared on
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
stock
|
-
|
-
|
(3,133)
|
-
|
(3,133)
|
Net
earnings
|
|
|
13,382
|
|
13,382
|
Change
in accumulated other
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(2,607)
|
(2,607)
|
comprehensive
income due to
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2018
|
5,995,256
|
$62,096
|
60,535
|
986
|
123,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
stock repurchase
|
(90,354)
|
(2,490)
|
-
|
-
|
(2,490)
|
Cash
dividends declared on
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
stock
|
-
|
-
|
(3,939)
|
-
|
(3,939)
|
Restricted
stock units exercised
|
7,398
|
207
|
|
|
207
|
Net
earnings
|
-
|
-
|
14,067
|
-
|
14,067
|
Change
in accumulated other
|
|
|
|
|
|
comprehensive
income,
|
|
|
|
|
|
net
of tax
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
2,658
|
2,658
|
Balance,
December 31, 2019
|
5,912,300
|
$59,813
|
70,663
|
3,644
|
134,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
stock repurchase
|
(126,800)
|
(2,999)
|
-
|
-
|
(2,999)
|
Cash
dividends declared on
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
stock
|
-
|
-
|
(4,392)
|
-
|
(4,392)
|
Restricted
stock units exercised
|
2,004
|
57
|
|
|
57
|
Net
earnings
|
-
|
-
|
11,357
|
-
|
11,357
|
Change
in accumulated other
|
|
|
|
|
|
comprehensive
income,
|
|
|
|
|
|
net
of tax
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1,756
|
1,756
|
Balance,
December 31, 2020
|
5,787,504
|
$56,871
|
77,628
|
5,400
|
139,899
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$11,357
|
14,067
|
13,382
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net earnings to
|
|
|
|
net
cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
Depreciation,
amortization and accretion
|
4,183
|
3,964
|
4,571
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
4,259
|
863
|
790
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
(560)
|
164
|
78
|
Gain
on sale of investment securities
|
(2,639)
|
(226)
|
(15)
|
Gain
on sale of other real estate
|
-
|
(6)
|
(17)
|
Write-down
of other real estate
|
47
|
17
|
-
|
(Gain)
loss on sale and writedowns of premises and equipment
|
-
|
239
|
(544)
|
Restricted
stock expense
|
27
|
270
|
85
|
Proceeds
from sales of loans held for sale
|
112,426
|
56,364
|
35,922
|
Origination
of loans held for sale
|
(117,148)
|
(60,101)
|
(35,745)
|
Change
in:
|
|
|
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
(380)
|
(383)
|
(384)
|
Right
of use lease asset
|
199
|
787
|
-
|
Other
assets
|
(382)
|
952
|
(3,695)
|
Lease
liability
|
(176)
|
(762)
|
-
|
Other
liabilities
|
(2,051)
|
(3,012)
|
2,759
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by operating activities
|
9,162
|
13,197
|
17,187
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
Purchases
of investment securities available for sale
|
(127,893)
|
(54,212)
|
(34,692)
|
Proceeds
from sales, calls and maturities of investment
securities
|
|
|
|
available
for sale
|
62,408
|
40,561
|
48,241
|
Proceeds
from paydowns of investment securities available for
sale
|
19,169
|
14,489
|
15,556
|
Purchases
of other investments
|
(45)
|
(45)
|
(2,611)
|
Proceeds
from paydowns of other investment securities
|
176
|
176
|
117
|
Net
change in FHLB stock
|
(55)
|
(1)
|
(4)
|
Net
change in loans
|
(99,971)
|
(46,505)
|
(45,094)
|
Purchases
of premises and equipment
|
(2,492)
|
(2,835)
|
(1,742)
|
Purchases
of bank owned life insurance
|
(269)
|
-
|
-
|
Proceeds
from sale of premises and equipment
|
-
|
149
|
1,410
|
Proceeds
from sale of other real estate and repossessions
|
-
|
42
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash used by investing activities
|
(148,972)
|
(48,181)
|
(18,587)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
Net
change in deposits
|
254,569
|
89,304
|
(29,739)
|
Net
change in securities sold under agreement to
repurchase
|
1,980
|
(33,874)
|
20,338
|
Proceeds
from FHLB borrowings
|
70,000
|
184,500
|
-
|
Repayments
of FHLB borrowings
|
(70,000)
|
(184,500)
|
-
|
Proceeds
from FRB borrowings
|
1
|
1
|
1
|
Repayments
of FRB borrowings
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
(1)
|
Proceeds
from Fed Funds Purchased
|
7,011
|
100,252
|
4,277
|
Repayments
of Fed Funds Purchased
|
(7,011)
|
(100,252)
|
(4,277)
|
Repayments
of Junior Subordinated Debentures
|
(155)
|
(5,000)
|
-
|
Common
stock repurchased
|
(2,999)
|
(2,490)
|
-
|
Cash
dividends paid on common stock
|
(4,392)
|
(3,939)
|
(3,133)
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash (used) provided by financing activities
|
249,003
|
44,001
|
(12,534)
|
|
|
|
|
Net
change in cash and cash equivalents
|
109,193
|
9,017
|
(13,934)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
52,387
|
43,370
|
57,304
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents at end of period
|
$161,580
|
52,387
|
43,370
|
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental
disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
Cash
paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
$3,856
|
3,750
|
2,128
|
Income
taxes
|
$2,781
|
3,206
|
1,163
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash
investing and financing activities:
|
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized gain on investment securities
|
|
|
|
available
for sale, net
|
$1,756
|
2,658
|
(2,607)
|
Transfer
of loans to other real estate
|
$175
|
26
|
124
|
Issuance
of accrued restricted stock units
|
$57
|
207
|
-
|
Recognition
of lease right of use asset and lease liability
|
$942
|
4,401
|
-
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(1)
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
Organization
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”) received
regulatory approval to operate as a bank holding company on July
22, 1999, and became effective August 31, 1999. Bancorp is
primarily regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, and serves as the one-bank holding company for
Peoples Bank (the “Bank”).
The
Bank commenced business in 1912 upon receipt of its banking charter
from the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the
“Commissioner”). The Bank is primarily regulated by the
Commissioner and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the
“FDIC”) and undergoes periodic examinations by these
regulatory agencies. The Bank, whose main office is in Newton,
North Carolina, provides a full range of commercial and consumer
banking services primarily in Catawba, Alexander, Lincoln,
Mecklenburg, Iredell and Wake counties in North
Carolina.
Peoples
Investment Services, Inc. (“PIS”) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1996 to provide
investment and trust services through agreements with an outside
party.
Real
Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (“REAS”) is a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1997 to
provide real estate appraisal and property management services to
individuals and commercial customers of the Bank.
Community Bank Real
Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 2009 as a
“clearing house” for appraisal services for community
banks. Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and
engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the
property is located. In 2019, the Company launched PB Insurance
Agency, which is part of CBRES.
PB Real
Estate Holdings, LLC (“PBREH”) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Bank and began operation in 2015. PBREH acquires,
manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and other
assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts
previously contracted.
The
Bank operates three banking offices focused on the Latino
population that were formerly operated as a division of the Bank
under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”). These
offices are now branded as Bank branches and considered a separate
market territory of the Bank as they offer normal and customary
banking services as are offered in the Bank’s other branches
such as the taking of deposits and the making of
loans.
Principles of Consolidation
The
consolidated financial statements include the financial statements
of Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with
the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, PIS, REAS, CBRES and
PBREH (collectively called the “Company”). All
significant intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.
Basis of Presentation
The
accounting principles followed by the Company, and the methods of
applying these principles, conform with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America
(“GAAP”) and with general practices in the banking
industry. In preparing the financial statements in conformity with
GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Actual
results could differ significantly from these estimates. Material
estimates common to the banking industry that are particularly
susceptible to significant change in the near term include, but are
not limited to, the determination of the allowance for loan losses
and valuation of real estate acquired in connection with or in lieu
of foreclosure on loans.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash,
due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold
are considered cash and cash equivalents for cash flow reporting
purposes.
Investment Securities
There
are three classifications the Company is able to classify its
investment securities: trading, available for sale, or held to
maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for
sale in the near term. Held to maturity securities are those
securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold
until maturity. All other securities not included in trading or
held to maturity are classified as available for sale. At December
31, 2020 and 2019, the Company classified all of its investment
securities as available for sale.
Available for sale
securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and
losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings
and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’
equity until realized.
Management
evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment
on a quarterly basis. A decline in the market value of any
investment below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is
charged to earnings for the decline in value deemed to be credit
related and a new cost basis in the security is established. The
decline in value attributed to non-credit related factors is
recognized in comprehensive income.
Premiums and
discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related
security as an adjustment to the yield. Realized gains and losses
for securities classified as available for sale are included in
earnings and are derived using the specific identification method
for determining the cost of securities sold.
Other Investments
Other
investments include equity securities with no readily determinable
fair value. These investments are carried at cost.
Loans
Loans
that management has the intent and ability to hold for the
foreseeable future or until maturity are reported at the principal
amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses. Interest
on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily
balances of the principal amount outstanding. The recognition of
certain loan origination fee income and certain loan origination
costs is deferred when such loans are originated and amortized over
the life of the loan.
A loan
is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is
probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of
the loan will not be collected. Impaired loans are measured based
on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at
the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s
observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the
loan is collateral dependent.
Accrual
of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes,
after considering economic conditions and collection efforts, that
the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of
interest is doubtful. Interest previously accrued but not collected
is reversed against current period earnings.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The
allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment
and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its
evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The Bank
periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review
asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that
management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks
and loan losses. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size,
quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other
factors considered are:
●
the Bank’s
loan loss experience;
●
the amount of past
due and non-performing loans;
●
the status and
amount of other past due and non-performing assets;
●
underlying
estimated values of collateral securing loans;
●
current and
anticipated economic conditions; and
●
other factors which
management believes affect the allowance for potential credit
losses.
Management uses
several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan
portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan
origination and continues until the loan is collected or
collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the
Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the
loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer
monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes
changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated
or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth
reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit
Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades,
management considers assessments as determined by the third party
credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and
the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any
issues
regarding the risk
assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit
administrators and factored into management’s decision to
originate or renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors
reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s
reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the
Bank’s Credit Administration.
As an
additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to
review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses.
This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan
relationships greater than or equal to $1.0 million as
well as a sample of commercial relationships with exposures below
$1.0 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of
litigation or liquidation. The third party’s evaluation and
report is shared with management and the Bank’s Board of
Directors.
Management
considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to
be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon
available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or
reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the
portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan
and other matters related to credit risk.
Management uses the
information developed from the procedures described above in
evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading
process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio
and to assist management in estimating the allowance for loan
losses. The provision for loan losses charged or credited to
earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount
necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to
absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the
balance sheet date. The amount each quarter is dependent upon many
factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the
loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s
assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and
other macro-economic factors and trends. The evaluation of these
factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of
the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.
The
allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components:
specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves. After
a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures
impairment. When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the
recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is
recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are
determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s
current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each
credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral.
Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from
the general allowance calculations as described below.
The
general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for
collective loan impairment. These reserves are based upon
historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two,
three, four, or five years’ loss experience. This charge-off
experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current
conditions. The Bank considers information derived from its loan
risk ratings and external data related to industry and general
economic trends in establishing reserves. Qualitative
factors applied in the Company’s Allowance for Loan and Lease
Losses (“ALLL”) model include the impact to the economy
from the COVID-19 pandemic and reserves on loans with payment
modifications made in 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. At
December 31, 2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications
as a result of COVID-19 was $18.3 million: the balance of loans
under the terms of a first modification was $12.6 million, and the
balance of outstanding loans under the terms of a second
modification was $5.7 million. The Company continues to track all
loans that are currently modified or have been modified under
COVID-19. At December 31, 2020, the balance for all loans that are
currently modified or were modified during 2020 but have returned
to their original terms was $119.6 million. These loan balances
associated with COVID-19 related modifications have been grouped
into their own pool within the ALLL model as they have a higher
likelihood of risk, and a higher reserve rate has been applied to
that pool. Of all loans modified as a result of COVID-19, $101.3
million of these loans have returned to their original terms;
however, the effects of stimulus in the current environment are
still unknown, and additional losses may be currently present in
loans that are currently modified and that were once
modified.
The
unallocated allowance is determined through management’s
assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not
adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance,
including consideration of current economic and business conditions
and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also
reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and
subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk. Due to the
subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance,
including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may
fluctuate from period to period based on management’s
evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in
calculating the allowance.
There
were no significant changes in the estimation methods or
fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for
loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the
year ended
December 31, 2019. Revisions, estimates and
assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting
factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous
estimates.
Effective December
31, 2012, certain mortgage loans from the former Banco division of
the Bank were analyzed separately from other single family
residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio. These loans
are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in
Mecklenburg, North Carolina and surrounding counties. These loans
are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not
have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by
the loan officers.
PPP
loans are excluded from the allowance for loan losses as PPP loans
are 100 percent guaranteed by the SBA.
Various
regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination
process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan
losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance
based on their judgments of information available to them at the
time of their examinations. Management believes it has established
the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken
into account the views of its regulators and the current economic
environment. Management
considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the
estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of
the date of the financial statements. Although management uses the
best information available to make evaluations, significant future
additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in
economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the
operating results of the Company.
Mortgage Banking Activities
Mortgage banking
income represents income from the sale of mortgage loans and fees
received from borrowers and loan investors related to the
Bank’s origination of single-family residential mortgage
loans.
Mortgage loans
serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance
sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced
for others was approximately $578,000, $729,000 and $866,000 at
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The
Bank originates certain fixed rate mortgage loans and commits these
loans for sale. The commitments to originate fixed rate mortgage
loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party are
both derivative contracts. The fair value of these derivative
contracts is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts
in the financial statements.
Mortgage loans held
for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value.
The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market
value.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and
equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of the assets. When assets are
retired or otherwise disposed, the cost and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is
reflected in earnings for that period. The cost of maintenance and
repairs that do not improve or extend the useful life of the
respective asset is charged to earnings as incurred, whereas
significant renewals and improvements are capitalized. The range of
estimated useful lives for premises and equipment are generally as
follows:
Buildings and improvements
|
10 - 50 years
|
Furniture and equipment
|
3 - 10 years
|
Other Real Estate
Foreclosed assets
include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction of a
loan. Foreclosed assets are reported at fair value less estimated
selling costs. Any write-downs at the time of foreclosure are
charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to
foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management,
and a valuation allowance is established if fair value less
estimated selling costs declines below carrying value. Costs
relating to the development and improvement of the property are
capitalized. Revenues and expenses from operations are included in
other expenses. Changes in the valuation allowance are included in
loss on sale and write-down of other real estate.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Additionally, the recognition of future tax
benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, is required to
the
extent
that the realization of such benefits is more likely than not to
occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using
enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years
in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or
settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a
change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the
period that includes the enactment date.
In the
event the future tax consequences of differences between the
financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company’s
assets and liabilities results in a deferred tax asset, an
evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future
benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance
is provided for the portion of the deferred tax asset when it is
more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
asset will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of a
deferred tax asset, management considers the scheduled reversals of
deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax
planning strategies.
Tax
effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the
financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the
tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate
taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant
information. A tax position that meets the more likely than not
recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit
that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon
ultimate settlement. Previously recognized tax positions that no
longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should
be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period
in which that threshold is no longer met. The Company assessed the impact of
this guidance and determined that it did not have a material
impact on the Company’s financial position, results of
operations or disclosures.
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging
Activities
In the
normal course of business, the Company enters into derivative
contracts to manage interest rate risk by modifying the
characteristics of the related balance sheet instruments in order
to reduce the adverse effect of changes in interest rates. All
material derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair
value in the financial statements. The fair value of derivative
contracts related to the origination of fixed rate mortgage loans
and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party is
immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the
financial statements.
The
disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities have
the intent to provide users of financial statements with an
enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses
derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related
hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments
and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial
position, financial performance, and cash flows. The disclosure
requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and
strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about
the fair value of, and gains and losses on, derivative instruments,
and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in
derivative instruments.
On the
date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates
the derivative as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a
trading instrument. Changes in the fair value of instruments used
as fair value hedges are accounted for in the earnings of the
period simultaneous with accounting for the fair value change of
the item being hedged. Changes in the fair value of the effective
portion of cash flow hedges are accounted for in other
comprehensive income rather than earnings. Changes in the fair
value of instruments that are not intended as a hedge are accounted
for in the earnings of the period of the change.
If a
derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge is
terminated or the hedge designation removed, the difference between
a hedged item’s then carrying amount and its face amount is
recognized into income over the original hedge period. Likewise, if
a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is
terminated or the hedge designation removed, related amounts
accumulated in other accumulated comprehensive income are
reclassified into earnings over the original hedge period during
which the hedged item affects income.
The
accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on
the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected
to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge
accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the
criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives
designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in
the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment
attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are
considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying
as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash
flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered
cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the
matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging
instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of
the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged
risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged
forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter
into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge
certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply
or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.
The
Company formally documents all hedging relationships, including an
assessment that the derivative instruments are expected to be
highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair values or cash
flows of the hedged items.
Advertising
Costs
Advertising costs
are expensed as incurred.
Stock-Based Compensation
The
Company has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan
that was approved by shareholders on May 7, 2009 (the “2009
Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock
options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance
units, stock appreciation rights or book value shares, may be
granted to eligible directors and employees. The 2009 Plan expired
on May 7, 2019 but still governs the rights and obligations of the
parties for grants made thereunder. As of December 31, 2020, there
were no outstanding shares under the 2009 Plan.
The
Company granted 16,583 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan
at a grant date fair value of $16.34 per share during the first
quarter of 2015. The Company granted 5,544 restricted stock units
under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $16.91 per share
during the first quarter of 2016. The Company granted 4,114
restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair
value of $25.00 per share during the first quarter of 2017. The
Company granted 3,725 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at
a grant date fair value of $31.43 per share during the first
quarter of 2018. The Company granted 5,290 restricted stock units
under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $28.43 per share
during the first quarter of 2019. The number of restricted stock
units granted and grant date fair values for the restricted stock
units granted in 2015 through 2017 have been restated to reflect
the 10% stock dividend that was paid in the fourth quarter of 2017.
The Company recognizes compensation expense on the restricted stock
units over the period of time the restrictions are in place (four
years from the grant date for the 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019
grants). The amount of expense recorded each period reflects the
changes in the Company’s stock price during such period. As
of December 31, 2020, the total unrecognized compensation expense
related to the restricted stock unit grants under the 2009 Plan was
$89,000.
The
Company also has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive
Plan that was approved by shareholders on May 7, 2020 (the
“2020 Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such
as stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units,
performance units, stock appreciation rights or book value shares,
may be granted to eligible directors and employees. A total of
292,365 shares are currently reserved for possible issuance under
the 2020 Plan. All stock-based rights under the 2020 Plan must be
granted or awarded by May 7, 2030 (or ten years from the 2020 Plan
effective date).
The
Company granted 7,635 restricted stock units under the 2020 Plan at
a grant date fair value of $17.08 per share during the second
quarter of 2020. The Company recognizes compensation expense on the
restricted stock units over the period of time the restrictions are
in place (four years from the grant date for 2020 grants). As of
December 31, 2020, the total unrecognized compensation expense
related to the restricted stock unit grants under the 2020 Plan was
$146,000.
The
Company recognized compensation expense for restricted stock units
granted under the 2009 Plan and 2020 Plan of $27,000 for the year
ended December 31, 2020. The Company recognized compensation
expense for restricted stock units granted under the 2009 Plan of
$270,000 and $85,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively.
Net Earnings Per Share
Net
earnings per common share is based on the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding during the period while the effects of
potential common shares outstanding during the period are included
in diluted earnings per common share. The average market price
during the year is used to compute equivalent shares.
The
reconciliations of the amounts used in the computation of both
“basic earnings per common share” and “diluted
earnings per common share” for the years ended December 31,
2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:
For the year ended December 31, 2020
|
Net Earnings (Dollars in thousands)
|
Weighted Average Number of Shares
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
$11,357
|
5,808,121
|
$1.95
|
Effect
of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
Restricted
stock units
|
-
|
14,203
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
$11,357
|
5,822,324
|
$1.95
|
For the year ended December 31, 2019
|
Net Earnings (Dollars in thousands)
|
Weighted Average Number of Shares
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
$14,067
|
5,941,873
|
$2.37
|
Effect
of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
Restricted
stock units
|
-
|
25,438
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
$14,067
|
5,967,311
|
$2.36
|
For the year ended December 31, 2018
|
Net Earnings (Dollars in thousands)
|
Weighted Average Number of Shares
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
$13,382
|
5,995,256
|
$2.23
|
Effect
of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
Restricted
stock units
|
-
|
20,240
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
$13,382
|
6,015,496
|
$2.22
|
Revenue
Recognition
The
Company has applied ASU 2014-09 using a modified retrospective
approach. The Company’s revenue is comprised of net interest
income and noninterest income. The scope of ASU 2014-09 explicitly
excludes net interest income as well as many other revenues for
financial assets and liabilities including loans, leases,
securities, and derivatives. Accordingly, the majority of the
Company’s revenues are not affected. Appraisal management fee
income and expense from the Bank’s subsidiary, CBRES, was
reported as a net amount prior to March 31, 2018, which was
included in miscellaneous non-interest income. This income and
expense is now reported on separate line items under non-interest
income and non-interest expense. See below for additional information
related to revenue generated from contracts with
customers.
Revenue and Method of Adoption
The
majority of the Company’s revenue is derived primarily from
interest income from receivables (loans) and securities. Other
revenues are derived from fees received in connection with deposit
accounts, investment advisory, and appraisal services. On January
1, 2018, the Company adopted the requirements of ASU 2014-09. The
core principle of the new standard is that a company should
recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or
services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration
to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those
goods or services.
The
Company adopted ASU 2014-09 using the modified retrospective
transition approach which does not require restatement of prior
periods. The method was selected as there were no material changes
in the timing of revenue recognition resulting in no comparability
issues with prior periods. This adoption method is considered a
change in accounting principle requiring additional disclosure of
the nature of, and reason for, the change, which is solely a result
of the adoption of the required standard. When applying the
modified retrospective approach under ASU 2014-09, the Company has
elected, as a practical expedient, to apply this approach only to
contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018. A
completed contract is considered to be a contract for which all (or
substantially all) of the revenue was recognized in accordance with
revenue guidance that was in effect before January 1, 2018. There
were no uncompleted contracts as of January 1, 2018 for which
application of the new standard required an adjustment to retained
earnings.
The
following disclosures involve the Company’s material income
streams derived from contracts with customers which are within the
scope of ASU 2014-09. Through the Company’s wholly-owned
subsidiary, PIS, the Company contracts with a registered investment
advisor to perform investment advisory services on behalf of the
Company’s customers. The Company receives commissions from
this third party investment advisor based on the volume of business
that the Company’s customers do with such investment advisor.
Total revenue recognized from these contracts was $896,000,
$876,000 and $823,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018, respectively. The Company utilizes third parties to
contract with the Company’s customers to perform debit and
credit card clearing services. These third parties pay the Company
commissions based on the volume of transactions that they process
on behalf of the Company’s customers. Total revenue
recognized from these contracts with these third
parties was $4.2 million,
$4.1 million and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31,
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Through the Company’s
wholly-owned subsidiary, REAS, the Company provides property
appraisal services for negotiated fee amounts on a per appraisal
basis. Total revenue recognized from these contracts with customers
was $828,000, $692,000 and $597,000 for the years ended December
31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Through the Company’s
wholly-owned subsidiary, CBRES, the Company provides appraisal
management services. Total revenue recognized from these contracts
with customers was $6.8 million, $4.5 million and $3.2
million for the years
ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Due to the
nature of the Company’s relationship with the customers that
the Company provides services, the Company does not incur costs to
obtain contracts and there are no material incremental costs to
fulfill these contracts that should be capitalized.
Disaggregation of Revenue. The
Company’s portfolio of services provided to the
Company’s customers consists of over 50,000 active contracts.
The Company has disaggregated revenue according to timing of the
transfer of service. Total revenue for the year ended December 31,
2020 derived from contracts in which services are transferred at a
point in time was approximately $8.1 million. None of the
Company’s revenue is derived from contracts in which services
are transferred over time. Revenue is recognized as the services
are provided to the customers. Economic factors, such as the
financial stress impacting businesses and individuals as a result
of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic, could
affect the nature, amount, and timing of these cash flows, as
unfavorable economic conditions could impair a customers’
ability to provide payment for services. For the Company’s
deposit contracts, this risk is mitigated as the Company generally
deducts payments from customers’ accounts as services are
rendered. For the Company’s appraisal services, the risk is
mitigated in that the appraisal is not released until payment is
received.
Contract Balances. The timing of
revenue recognition, billings, and cash collections results in
billed accounts receivable on the balance sheet. Most contracts
call for payment by a charge or deduction to the respective
customer account but there are some that require a receipt of
payment from the customer. For fee per transaction contracts, the
customers are billed as the transactions are processed. The Company
has no contracts in which customers are billed in advance for
services to be performed. These types of contracts would create
contract liabilities or deferred revenue, as the customers pay in
advance for services. There are no contract liabilities or accounts
receivables balances that are material to the Company’s
balance sheet.
Performance Obligations. A performance
obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good
or service to the customer, and is the unit of account in ASU
2014-09. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each
distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or
as, the performance obligation is satisfied. Performance
obligations are satisfied as the service is provided to the
customer at a point in time. There are no significant financing
components in the Company’s contracts. Excluding deposit and
appraisal service revenues which are primarily billed at a point in
time as a fee for services incurred, all other contracts within the
scope of ASU 2014-09 contain variable consideration in that fees
earned are derived from market values of accounts which determine
the amount of consideration to which the Company is entitled. The
variability is resolved when the services are provided. The
contracts do not include obligations for returns, refunds, or
warranties. The contracts are specific to the amounts owed to the
Company for services performed during a period should the contracts
be terminated.
Significant Judgements. All of the
Company’s contracts create performance obligations that are
satisfied at a point in time excluding some immaterial deposit
revenues. Revenue is recognized as services are billed to the
customers. Variable consideration does exist for contracts related
to the Company’s contract with its registered investment
advisor as some revenues earned pursuant to that contract are based
on market values of accounts at the end of the
period.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The
following tables provide a summary of Accounting Standards Updates
(“ASU”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (“FASB”) that the Company has recently
adopted.
Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance
ASU
|
Description
|
Effective Date
|
Effect on Financial Statements or Other Significant
Matters
|
ASU 2016-02: Leases
|
Increases transparency and comparability among organizations by
recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet
and disclosing key information about leasing
arrangements.
|
January 1, 2019
|
See section titled "ASU 2016-02" below for a description of the
effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position and disclosures.
|
ASU 2017-08: Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt
Securities
|
Amended the requirements related to the amortization period for
certain purchased callable debt securities held at a
premium.
|
January 1, 2019
|
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the
Company’s results of operations, financial position or
disclosures.
|
ASU 2018-11: Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements
|
Intended to reduce costs and ease implementation of ASU
2016-02.
|
January 1, 2019
|
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the
Company’s results of operations, financial position or
disclosures.
|
ASU 2018-20: Narrow- Scope Improvements for Lessors
|
Provides narrow-scope improvements for lessors, that provide relief
in the accounting for sales, use and similar taxes, the accounting
for other costs paid by a lessee that may benefit a lessor, and
variable payments when contracts have lease and non-lease
components.
|
January 1, 2019
|
See comments for ASU 2016-02 below.
|
ASU 2019-07: Codification Updates to SEC Sections
|
Guidance updated for various Topics of the ASC to align the
guidance in various SEC sections of the ASC with the requirements
of certain SEC final rules.
|
Effective upon issuance
|
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the
Company’s results of operations, financial position or
disclosures.
|
ASU
|
Description
|
Effective Date
|
Effect on Financial Statements or Other Significant
Matters
|
ASU 2018-13: Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure
Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)
|
Updates the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement.
|
January 1, 2020
|
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the
Company’s results of operations, financial position or
disclosures.
|
ASU 2018-18: Clarifying the Interaction between Topic 808 and Topic
606
|
Clarifies the interaction between the guidance for certain
collaborative arrangements and the new revenue recognition
financial accounting and reporting standard.
|
January 1, 2020 Early adoption permitted
|
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the
Company’s results of operations, financial position or
disclosures.
|
ASU 2018-19: Leases (Topic 842): Codification
Improvements
|
Provides guidance to address concerns companies had raised about an
accounting exception they would lose when assessing the fair value
of underlying assets under the leases standard and clarify that
lessees and lessors are exempt from a certain interim disclosure
requirement associated with adopting the new standard.
|
January 1, 2020
|
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the
Company’s results of operations, financial position or
disclosures.
|
ASU 2016-02
On
January 1, 2019, the Company adopted the requirements of ASU
2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Topic 842 was subsequently amended by
ASU 2018-01, Land Easement Practical Expedient for Transition to
Topic 842; ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842,
Leases; and ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements. The purpose of
Topic 842 is to increase transparency and comparability between
organizations that enter into lease agreements. The key difference
of Topic 842 from the previous guidance (Topic 840) is the
recognition of a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease
liability on the statement of financial position for those leases
previously classified as operating leases under the previous
guidance. Topic 842 states that a contract is or contains a lease
if the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified
property, plant, or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of
time in exchange for consideration. The Company reviewed its
material non-real estate contracts to determine if they included a
lease and did not note any that would need to be considered under
Topic 842. The Company’s lease agreements in which Topic 842
has been applied are primarily for retail branch real estate
properties. These real estate leases have lease terms from less
than 12 months to leases with options up to 15 years, and payment
terms vary with some being fixed payments or based on a fixed
annual increase while others are variable and the annual increases
are based on market rates or other indexes.
Initially
transition from Topic 840 to Topic 842 required a modified
retrospective approach for leases existing at, or entered into
after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented
in the financial statements. ASU 2018-11, which, among other
things, provided an additional transition method that would allow
entities to not apply the initial guidance of ASU 2016-02 to the
comparative periods presented in the financial statements and
instead recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening
balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company
chose the transition method of adoption provided by ASU 2018-11,
therefore, the Company has applied this standard to all existing
leases as of the adoption date of January 1, 2019, recording a ROU
asset and a lease liability and a cumulative-effect adjustment to
the opening balance of retained earnings (if applicable) in the
period of adoption. With this transition method, comparative prior
period disclosures will be under the previous accounting guidance
for leases (Topic 840). This adoption method is considered a change
in accounting principle requiring additional disclosure of the
nature of and reason for the change, which is solely a result of
the adoption of the required standard.
Topic
842 provides a package of practical expedients in applying the
lease standard to be chosen at the date of adoption. The Company
has chosen to elect the package of practical expedients provided
under ASU 2016-02 whereby it will not reassess (i) whether any
expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the lease
classification for any expired or existing leases and (iii) initial
direct costs for any existing leases. The Company has also chosen
not to apply the recognition requirements of ASU 2016-02 to any
short-term leases (as defined by related accounting guidance). The
Company will account for lease and non-lease components separately
because such amounts are readily determinable under its lease
contracts. Additionally, the Company has chosen to elect the use of
hindsight, when applicable, in determining the lease term, in
assessing the likelihood that a lessee purchase option will be
exercised; and in assessing the impairment of ROU
assets.
ROU
assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying
asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the
Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the
lease. The Company determined that all of its leases are classified
as operating leases under Topic 842. For operating and finance
leases, lease liabilities are initially measured at commencement
date based on the present value of lease payments not yet paid,
discounted using the discount rate for the lease at the lease
commencement date over the lease term. For operating and finance
leases, ROU assets are measured at the commencement date as the
amount of the initial liability, adjusted for lease payments made
to the lessor at or before commencement date, minus incentives; and
for any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee. Based on the
transition method that the Company has chosen to follow, the
initial application date of the lease term for all existing leases
is January 1, 2019.
For
operating leases, after lease commencement, the lease liability is
recorded at the present value of the unpaid lease payments
discounted at the discount rate for the lease established at the
commencement date. Lease expense is determined by the sum of the
lease payments to be recognized on a straight-line basis over the
lease term. The ROU asset is subsequently amortized as the
difference between the straight line lease cost for the period and
the periodic accretion of the lease liability. The lease term used
for the calculation of the initial operating ROU asset and lease
liability will include the initial lease term in addition to one
renewal option the Company thinks it is reasonably certain to
exercise or incur. Regarding the discount rate, Topic 842 requires
that the implicit rate within the lease agreement be used if
available. If not available, the Company should use its incremental
borrowing rate in effect at the time of the lease commencement
date. The Company utilized Federal Home Loan Bank
(“FHLB”) Atlanta’s Fixed Rate Credit rates for
terms consistent with the Company’s lease terms.
The
Company recorded operating ROU assets and operating lease
liabilities of $4.4 million and $4.4 million,
respectively at the
commencement date of January 1, 2019. The Company did not have a
cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings. The adoption of ASU 2016-02 did not have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures.
A
director of the Company has a membership interest in a company that
previously leased two branch facilities to the Bank. The Bank
purchased these branch facilities in September 2020.The
Bank’s lease payments for these facilities totaled $173,000
and $231,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
The
following tables provide a summary of ASU’s issued by the
FASB that the Company has not adopted as of December 31, 2020,
which may impact the Company’s financial
statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted
ASU
|
Description
|
Effective
Date
|
Effect
on Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
|
ASU
2016-13: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments
|
Provides
guidance to change the accounting for credit losses and modify the
impairment model for certain debt securities.
|
See
ASU 2019-10 below.
|
The
Company will apply this guidance through a cumulative-effect
adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of
adoption. The Company is still evaluating the impact of this
guidance on its consolidated financial statements. The Company has
formed a Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”)
committee and implemented a model from a third-party vendor for
running CECL calculations. The Company is currently developing CECL
model assumptions and comparing results to current allowance for
loan loss calculations. The Company plans to run parallel
calculations leading up to the effective date of this guidance to
ensure it is prepared for implementation by the effective date. In
addition to the Company’s allowance for loan losses, it will
also record an allowance for credit losses on debt securities
instead of applying the impairment model currently utilized. The
amount of the adjustments will be impacted by each
portfolio’s composition and credit quality at the adoption
date as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that
time.
|
|
|
|
|
ASU
2018-14: Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure
Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans (Subtopic
715-20)
|
Updates
disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit
pension or other postretirement plans.
|
January
1, 2021
|
The
adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact
on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or
disclosures.
|
ASU
|
Description
|
Effective Date
|
Effect on Financial Statements or Other Significant
Matters
|
ASU 2018-19: Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial
Instruments—Credit Losses
|
Aligns the implementation date of the topic for annual financial
statements of nonpublic companies with the implementation date for
their interim financial statements. The guidance also clarifies
that receivables arising from operating leases are not within the
scope of the topic, but rather, should be accounted for in
accordance with the leases topic.
|
See ASU 2019-10 below.
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures. See ASU 2016-13 above.
|
ASU 2019-04: Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial
Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and
Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments
|
Addresses unintended issues accountants flagged when implementing
ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities, ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on
Financial Instruments, and ASU 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to
Accounting for Hedging Activities.
|
See ASU 2019-10 below.
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures. See ASU 2016-13 above.
|
ASU 2019-05: Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326):
Targeted Transition Relief
|
Guidance to provide entities with an option to irrevocably elect
the fair value option, applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis
for eligible instruments, upon adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement
of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.
|
See ASU 2019-10 below.
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures. See ASU 2016-13 above.
|
ASU 2019-10: Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326),
Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842):
Effective Dates
|
Guidance to defer the effective dates for private companies,
not-for-profit organizations, and certain smaller reporting
companies applying standards on current expected credit losses
(CECL), leases, hedging.
|
January 1, 2023
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures.
|
ASU 2019-11: Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial
Instruments—Credit Losses
|
Guidance that addresses issues raised by stakeholders during the
implementation of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit
Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments. The amendments affect a variety of Topics in the
ASC.
|
January 1, 2023
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASU 2019-12: Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting
for Income Taxes
|
Guidance to simplify accounting for income taxes by removing
specific technical exceptions that often produce information
investors have a hard time understanding. The amendments also
improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas
of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing
guidance.
|
January 1, 2021
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures.
|
ASU 2020-01: Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 321),
Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and
Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)—Clarifying the
Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815 (a
consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)
|
Guidance to clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity
securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the
equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for
certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under
Topic 815.
|
January 1, 2021
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures.
|
ASU
|
Description
|
Effective Date
|
Effect on Financial Statements or Other Significant
Matters
|
ASU 2020-02: Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326)
and Leases (Topic 842)—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant
to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section
on Effective Date Related to Accounting Standards Update No.
2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (SEC Update)
|
Guidance to add and amend SEC paragraphs in the Accounting
Standards Codification to reflect the issuance of SEC Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 119 related to the new credit losses
standard and comments by the SEC staff related to the revised
effective date of the new leases standard.
|
Effective upon issuance
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures.
|
ASU 2020-03: Codification Improvements to Financial
Instruments
|
Guidance to clarify that the contractual term of a net investment
in a lease, determined in accordance with the leases standard,
should be the contractual term used to measure expected credit
losses under ASC 326.
|
January 1, 2023
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures.
|
ASU 2020-04: Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the
Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial
Reporting
|
Guidance that provides optional expedients and exceptions for
applying GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships,
subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or
another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The ASU is
intended to help stakeholders during the global market-wide
reference rate transition period. Therefore, it will be in effect
for a limited time through December 31, 2022.
|
March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures.
|
ASU 2020-06: Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options
(Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in
Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for
Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own
Equity
|
Guidance to improve financial reporting associated with accounting
for convertible instruments and contracts in an entity’s own
equity.
|
January 1, 2022
|
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial
position or disclosures.
|
Other
accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB or
other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations,
financial position or disclosures.
Reclassification
Certain
amounts in the 2019 and 2018 consolidated financial statements have
been reclassified to conform to the 2020 presentation.
(2)
Investment
Securities
Investment
securities available for sale at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as
follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
$143,095
|
2,812
|
593
|
145,314
|
U.S.
Government
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
7,384
|
331
|
208
|
7,507
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
87,757
|
4,758
|
87
|
92,428
|
Total
|
$238,236
|
7,901
|
888
|
245,249
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
$77,812
|
1,371
|
227
|
78,956
|
U.S.
Government
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
28,265
|
443
|
311
|
28,397
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
84,686
|
3,657
|
200
|
88,143
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
250
|
-
|
-
|
250
|
Total
|
$191,013
|
5,471
|
738
|
195,746
|
The
current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments
in debt securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2020 and
2019 are summarized in the tables below, with the length of time
the individual securities have been in a continuous loss
position.
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
$80,827
|
565
|
4,762
|
28
|
85,589
|
593
|
U.S.
Government
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
-
|
-
|
4,193
|
208
|
4,193
|
208
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
7,126
|
87
|
-
|
-
|
7,126
|
87
|
Total
|
$87,953
|
652
|
8,955
|
236
|
96,908
|
888
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
$28,395
|
177
|
6,351
|
50
|
34,746
|
227
|
U.S.
Government
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
2,899
|
10
|
6,151
|
301
|
9,050
|
311
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
7,367
|
200
|
-
|
-
|
7,367
|
200
|
Total
|
$38,661
|
387
|
12,502
|
351
|
51,163
|
738
|
At
December 31, 2020, unrealized losses in the investment securities
portfolio relating to debt securities totaled $888,000. The
unrealized losses on these debt securities arose due to changing
interest rates and are considered to be temporary. From the
December 31, 2020 tables above, six out of 86 securities issued by
state and political subdivisions contained unrealized losses and 29
out of 68 securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored
enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, contained
unrealized losses. These unrealized losses are considered temporary
because of acceptable financial condition and results of operations
on each security and the repayment sources of principal and
interest on U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including
mortgage-backed securities, are government backed.
The
Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment
which would be deemed other-than-temporary. No
investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2020,
2019 or 2018.
The
amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities
available for sale at December 31, 2020, by contractual maturity,
are shown below. Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities
will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the
right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or
prepayment penalties.
December
31, 2020
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due
within one year
|
$10,576
|
10,705
|
Due
from one to five years
|
15,236
|
15,997
|
Due
from five to ten years
|
62,014
|
65,826
|
Due
after ten years
|
7,315
|
7,407
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
143,095
|
145,314
|
Total
|
$238,236
|
245,249
|
During
2020, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were
$56.3 million and resulted in net gains of $2.6 million. During
2019, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were
$20.7 million and resulted in net gains of $226,000. During 2018,
proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $36.0
million and resulted in gross gains of $15,000.
Securities with a
fair value of approximately $77.3 million and $66.0 million at
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were pledged to secure
public deposits, FHLB borrowings and for other purposes as required
by law.
GAAP
establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements. There is a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value
measurements. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets
for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability
to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other
than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for
the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3
inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. The
table below presents the balance of securities available for sale,
which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level
within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2020 and
2019.
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
$145,314
|
-
|
145,314
|
-
|
U.S.
Government
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
$7,507
|
-
|
7,507
|
-
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
$92,428
|
-
|
92,428
|
-
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
$78,956
|
-
|
78,956
|
-
|
U.S.
Government
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
$28,397
|
-
|
28,397
|
-
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
$88,143
|
-
|
88,143
|
-
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
$250
|
-
|
-
|
250
|
Fair
values of investment securities available for sale are determined
by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities
exchanges when available. If quoted prices are not available, fair
value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical
technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities
without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific
securities but rather by relying on the securities’
relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.
The
following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment
securities available for sale using Level 3, significant
unobservable inputs, for the year ended December 31,
2020.
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Investment Securities Available for Sale
|
|
|
Balance,
beginning of period
|
$250
|
Change
in book value
|
-
|
Change
in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized
|
-
|
Purchases/(sales
and calls)
|
(250)
|
Transfers
in and/or (out) of Level 3
|
-
|
Balance,
end of period
|
$-
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level
3
|
$-
|
Major
classifications of loans at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are
summarized as follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
Real
estate loans:
|
|
|
Construction
and land development
|
$94,124
|
92,596
|
Single-family
residential
|
272,325
|
269,475
|
Single-family
residential -
|
|
|
Banco
de la Gente non-traditional
|
26,883
|
30,793
|
Commercial
|
332,971
|
291,255
|
Multifamily
and farmland
|
48,880
|
48,090
|
Total
real estate loans
|
775,183
|
732,209
|
|
|
|
Loans
not secured by real estate:
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
161,740
|
100,263
|
Farm
loans
|
855
|
1,033
|
Consumer
loans
|
7,113
|
8,432
|
All
other loans
|
3,748
|
7,937
|
|
|
|
Total
loans
|
948,639
|
849,874
|
|
|
|
Less
allowance for loan losses
|
9,908
|
6,680
|
|
|
|
Total
net loans
|
$938,731
|
843,194
|
The
above table includes deferred fees, net of deferred costs, totaling
$1.4 million at December 31, 2020 including $2.6 million in
deferred PPP loan fees. The above table includes deferred costs,
net of deferred fees, totaling $1.5 million at December 31,
2019.
The
Bank grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the
Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba,
Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg and
Wake counties of North Carolina. Although the Bank has a
diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan
portfolio is collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate,
the value of which is dependent upon the real estate market. Risk
characteristics of the major components of the Bank’s loan
portfolio are discussed below:
●
Construction and
land development loans – The risk of loss is largely
dependent on the initial estimate of whether the property’s
value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property
construction and the availability of take-out financing. During the
construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or
cost overruns. If the estimate is inaccurate or if actual
construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property
securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when
completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by
seizure of collateral. As of December 31, 2020, construction and
land development loans comprised approximately 10% of the
Bank’s total loan portfolio.
●
Single-family
residential loans – Declining home sales volumes, decreased
real estate values and higher than normal levels of unemployment
could contribute to losses on these loans. As of December 31, 2020,
single-family residential loans comprised approximately 32% of the
Bank’s total loan portfolio, including Banco single-family
residential non-traditional loans which were approximately 3% of
the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
●
Commercial real
estate loans – Repayment is dependent on income being
generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and
debt service. These loans also involve greater risk because they
are generally not fully amortizing over a loan period, but rather
have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability
to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to
either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property.
As of December 31, 2020, commercial real estate loans comprised
approximately 35% of the Bank’s total loan
portfolio.
●
Commercial loans
– Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful
operation of the borrower’s business. In addition, the
collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be
difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on
the success of the business. As of December 31, 2020, commercial
loans comprised approximately 17% of the Bank’s total loan
portfolio, including $75.8 million in PPP loans.
Loans
are considered past due if the required principal and interest
payments have not been received as of the date such payments were
due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in
management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet
payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by
regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status
regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due.
When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest
is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the
extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans
are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest
amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments
are reasonably assured.
On
March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which
established a $2 trillion economic stimulus package, including cash
payments to individuals, supplemental unemployment insurance
benefits and a $349 billion loan program administered through the
PPP. Under the PPP, small businesses, sole proprietorships,
independent contractors and self-employed individuals may apply for
loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated
lenders that enroll in the program, subject to numerous limitations
and eligibility criteria. The Bank is participating as a lender in
the PPP. The Bank originated $64.5 million in PPP loans during the
initial round of PPP funding. A second round of PPP funding, signed
into law by President Trump on April 24, 2020, provided $320
billion additional funding for the PPP. As of December 31, 2020,
the Bank had originated $34.5 million in PPP loans during the
second round of PPP funding. Total PPP loans originated as of
December 31, 2020 amounted to $99.0 million. PPP loans outstanding
amounted to $75.8 million at December 31, 2021. The Bank has
received $4.0 million in fees from the SBA for PPP loans originated
as of December 31, 2020. The Bank has recognized $1.4 million PPP
loan fee income as of December 31, 2020.
The
following tables present an age analysis of past due loans, by loan
type, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:
December
31, 2020
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Loans 30-89 Days Past Due
|
Loans 90 or More Days Past Due
|
|
|
|
Accruing Loans 90 or More Days Past Due
|
Real
estate loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction
and land development
|
$298
|
-
|
298
|
93,826
|
94,124
|
-
|
Single-family
residential
|
3,660
|
270
|
3,930
|
268,395
|
272,325
|
-
|
Single-family
residential -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco
de la Gente non-traditional
|
3,566
|
105
|
3,671
|
23,212
|
26,883
|
-
|
Commercial
|
36
|
-
|
36
|
332,935
|
332,971
|
-
|
Multifamily
and farmland
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
48,880
|
48,880
|
-
|
Total
real estate loans
|
7,560
|
375
|
7,935
|
767,248
|
775,183
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
not secured by real estate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
161,740
|
161,740
|
-
|
Farm
loans
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
855
|
855
|
-
|
Consumer
loans
|
45
|
2
|
47
|
7,066
|
7,113
|
-
|
All
other loans
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
3,748
|
3,748
|
-
|
Total
loans
|
$7,605
|
377
|
7,982
|
940,657
|
948,639
|
-
|
December
31, 2019
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Loans 30-89 Days Past Due
|
Loans 90 or More Days Past Due
|
|
|
|
Accruing Loans 90 or More Days Past Due
|
Real
estate loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction
and land development
|
$803
|
-
|
803
|
91,793
|
92,596
|
-
|
Single-family
residential
|
3,000
|
126
|
3,126
|
266,349
|
269,475
|
-
|
Single-family
residential -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco
de la Gente non-traditional
|
4,834
|
413
|
5,247
|
25,546
|
30,793
|
-
|
Commercial
|
504
|
176
|
680
|
290,575
|
291,255
|
-
|
Multifamily
and farmland
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
48,090
|
48,090
|
-
|
Total
real estate loans
|
9,141
|
715
|
9,856
|
722,353
|
732,209
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
not secured by real estate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
432
|
-
|
432
|
99,831
|
100,263
|
-
|
Farm
loans
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1,033
|
1,033
|
-
|
Consumer
loans
|
170
|
22
|
192
|
8,240
|
8,432
|
-
|
All
other loans
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
7,937
|
7,937
|
-
|
Total
loans
|
$9,743
|
737
|
10,480
|
839,394
|
849,874
|
-
|
The
following table presents the Bank’s non-accrual loans as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
Real
estate loans:
|
|
|
Construction
and land development
|
$-
|
-
|
Single-family
residential
|
1,266
|
1,378
|
Single-family
residential -
|
|
|
Banco
de la Gente non-traditional
|
1,709
|
1,764
|
Commercial
|
440
|
256
|
Multifamily
and farmland
|
117
|
-
|
Total
real estate loans
|
3,532
|
3,398
|
|
|
|
Loans
not secured by real estate:
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
212
|
122
|
Consumer
loans
|
14
|
33
|
Total
|
$3,758
|
3,553
|
At each
reporting period, the Bank determines which loans are impaired.
Accordingly, the Bank’s impaired loans are reported at their
estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis. An allowance for
each impaired loan that is collateral-dependent is calculated based
on the fair value of its collateral. The fair value of the
collateral is based on appraisals performed by REAS, a subsidiary
of the Bank. REAS is staffed by certified appraisers that also
perform appraisals for other companies. Factors, including the
assumptions and techniques utilized by the appraiser, are
considered by management. If the recorded investment in the
impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value of the collateral,
a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance
for loan losses. An allowance for each impaired loan that is not
collateral dependent is calculated based on the present value of
projected cash flows. If the recorded investment in the impaired
loan exceeds the present value of projected cash flows, a valuation
allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan
losses. Impaired loans under $250,000 are not individually
evaluated for impairment with the exception of the Bank’s TDR
loans in the residential mortgage loan portfolio, which are
individually evaluated for impairment. Impaired loans collectively
evaluated for impairment totaled $5.8 million and $5.3 million at
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Accruing impaired loans
were $21.3 million at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
Interest income recognized on accruing impaired loans was $1.2
million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and
2019, respectively. No interest income is recognized on non-accrual
impaired loans subsequent to their classification as
non-accrual.
The
following tables present the Bank’s impaired loans as of
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
December
31, 2020
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Unpaid Contractual Principal Balance
|
Recorded Investment With No Allowance
|
Recorded Investment With Allowance
|
Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
|
|
Average Outstanding Impaired Loans
|
YTD Interest Income Recognized
|
Real estate
loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction
and land development
|
$108
|
-
|
108
|
108
|
4
|
134
|
8
|
Single-family
residential
|
5,302
|
379
|
4,466
|
4,845
|
33
|
4,741
|
262
|
Single-family
residential -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco de la
Gente non-traditional
|
13,417
|
-
|
12,753
|
12,753
|
862
|
13,380
|
798
|
Commercial
|
2,999
|
1,082
|
1,891
|
2,973
|
14
|
2,940
|
139
|
Multifamily
and farmland
|
119
|
-
|
117
|
117
|
-
|
29
|
6
|
Total impaired
real estate loans
|
21,945
|
1,461
|
19,335
|
20,796
|
913
|
21,224
|
1,213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans not
secured by real estate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
515
|
211
|
244
|
455
|
5
|
564
|
32
|
Consumer
loans
|
41
|
-
|
37
|
37
|
1
|
60
|
5
|
Total impaired
loans
|
$22,501
|
1,672
|
19,616
|
21,288
|
919
|
21,848
|
1,250
|
December
31, 2019
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Unpaid Contractual Principal Balance
|
Recorded Investment With No Allowance
|
Recorded Investment With Allowance
|
Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
|
|
Average Outstanding Impaired Loans
|
YTD Interest Income Recognized
|
Real estate
loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction
and land development
|
$183
|
-
|
183
|
183
|
7
|
231
|
12
|
Single-family
residential
|
5,152
|
403
|
4,243
|
4,646
|
36
|
4,678
|
269
|
Single-family
residential -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco de la
Gente non-traditional
|
15,165
|
-
|
14,371
|
14,371
|
944
|
14,925
|
956
|
Commercial
|
1,879
|
-
|
1,871
|
1,871
|
7
|
1,822
|
91
|
Total impaired
real estate loans
|
22,379
|
403
|
20,668
|
21,071
|
994
|
21,656
|
1,328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans not
secured by real estate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
180
|
92
|
84
|
176
|
-
|
134
|
9
|
Consumer
loans
|
100
|
-
|
96
|
96
|
2
|
105
|
7
|
Total impaired
loans
|
$22,659
|
495
|
20,848
|
21,343
|
996
|
21,895
|
1,344
|
December
31, 2018
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Unpaid Contractual Principal Balance
|
Recorded Investment With No Allowance
|
Recorded Investment With Allowance
|
Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
|
|
Average Outstanding Impaired Loans
|
YTD Interest Income Recognized
|
Real estate
loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction
and land development
|
$281
|
-
|
279
|
279
|
5
|
327
|
19
|
Single-family
residential
|
5,059
|
422
|
4,188
|
4,610
|
32
|
6,271
|
261
|
Single-family
residential -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco de la
Gente non-traditional
|
16,424
|
-
|
15,776
|
15,776
|
1,042
|
14,619
|
944
|
Commercial
|
1,995
|
-
|
1,925
|
1,925
|
17
|
2,171
|
111
|
Total impaired
real estate loans
|
23,759
|
422
|
22,168
|
22,590
|
1,096
|
23,388
|
1,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans not
secured by real estate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
251
|
89
|
1
|
90
|
-
|
96
|
-
|
Consumer
loans
|
116
|
-
|
113
|
113
|
2
|
137
|
7
|
Total impaired
loans
|
$24,126
|
511
|
22,282
|
22,793
|
1,098
|
23,621
|
1,342
|
The
fair value measurements for mortgage loans held for sale, impaired
loans and other real estate on a non-recurring basis at December
31, 2020 and 2019 are presented below. The Company’s
valuation methodology is discussed in Note 16.
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2020
|
|
|
|
Mortgage
loans held for sale
|
$9,139
|
-
|
-
|
9,139
|
Impaired
loans
|
$20,369
|
-
|
-
|
20,369
|
Other
real estate
|
$128
|
-
|
-
|
128
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2019
|
|
|
|
Mortgage
loans held for sale
|
$4,417
|
-
|
-
|
4,417
|
Impaired
loans
|
$20,347
|
-
|
-
|
20,347
|
Other
real estate
|
$-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Fair Value December 31, 2020
|
Fair Value December 31, 2019
|
Valuation Technique
|
Significant Unobservable Inputs
|
General Range of Significant Unobservable Input Values
|
Mortgage
loans held for sale
|
$9,139
|
4,417
|
Rate
lock commitment
|
|
N/A
|
Impaired
loans
|
$20,369
|
20,347
|
Appraised
value and discounted cash flows
|
Discounts
to reflect current market conditions and ultimate
collectability
|
0 - 25%
|
Other
real estate
|
$128
|
-
|
Appraised
value
|
Discounts
to reflect current market conditions and estimated costs to
sell
|
0 - 25%
|
The
following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses
for the year ended December 31, 2020. PPP loans are excluded from
the allowance for loan losses as PPP loans are 100 percent
guaranteed by the SBA.
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction and Land Development
|
Single-Family Residential
|
Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
Non-traditional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for
loan losses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance
|
$694
|
1,274
|
1,073
|
1,305
|
120
|
688
|
-
|
138
|
1,388
|
6,680
|
Charge-offs
|
(5)
|
(65)
|
-
|
(7)
|
-
|
(903)
|
-
|
(434)
|
-
|
(1,414)
|
Recoveries
|
36
|
70
|
-
|
70
|
-
|
34
|
-
|
173
|
-
|
383
|
Provision
|
471
|
564
|
(21)
|
844
|
2
|
1,526
|
-
|
251
|
622
|
4,259
|
Ending
balance
|
$1,196
|
1,843
|
1,052
|
2,212
|
122
|
1,345
|
-
|
128
|
2,010
|
9,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance: individually
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
$1
|
4
|
844
|
8
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
857
|
Ending
balance: collectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
1,195
|
1,839
|
208
|
2,204
|
122
|
1,345
|
-
|
128
|
2,010
|
9,051
|
Ending
balance
|
$1,196
|
1,843
|
1,052
|
2,212
|
122
|
1,345
|
-
|
128
|
2,010
|
9,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance
|
$94,124
|
272,325
|
26,883
|
332,971
|
48,880
|
161,740
|
855
|
10,861
|
-
|
948,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance: individually
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
$7
|
1,558
|
11,353
|
2,118
|
-
|
212
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
15,248
|
Ending
balance: collectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
$94,117
|
270,767
|
15,530
|
330,853
|
48,880
|
161,528
|
855
|
10,861
|
-
|
933,391
|
Changes
in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31,
2019 were as follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction and Land Development
|
Single-Family Residential
|
Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
Non-traditional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for
loan losses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance
|
$813
|
1,325
|
1,177
|
1,278
|
83
|
626
|
-
|
161
|
982
|
6,445
|
Charge-offs
|
(21)
|
(42)
|
-
|
(1)
|
-
|
(389)
|
-
|
(623)
|
-
|
(1,076)
|
Recoveries
|
45
|
66
|
-
|
49
|
-
|
83
|
-
|
205
|
-
|
448
|
Provision
|
(143)
|
(75)
|
(104)
|
(21)
|
37
|
368
|
-
|
395
|
406
|
863
|
Ending
balance
|
$694
|
1,274
|
1,073
|
1,305
|
120
|
688
|
-
|
138
|
1,388
|
6,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance: individually
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
$2
|
6
|
925
|
4
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
937
|
Ending
balance: collectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
692
|
1,268
|
148
|
1,301
|
120
|
688
|
-
|
138
|
1,388
|
5,743
|
Ending
balance
|
$694
|
1,274
|
1,073
|
1,305
|
120
|
688
|
-
|
138
|
1,388
|
6,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance
|
$92,596
|
269,475
|
30,793
|
291,255
|
48,090
|
100,263
|
1,033
|
16,369
|
-
|
849,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance: individually
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
$10
|
1,697
|
12,899
|
1,365
|
-
|
92
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
16,063
|
Ending
balance: collectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
$92,586
|
267,778
|
17,894
|
289,890
|
48,090
|
100,171
|
1,033
|
16,369
|
-
|
833,811
|
Changes
in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31,
2018 were as follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction and Land Development
|
Single-Family Residential
|
Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
Non-traditional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for
loan losses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance
|
$804
|
1,812
|
1,280
|
1,193
|
72
|
574
|
-
|
155
|
476
|
6,366
|
Charge-offs
|
(53)
|
(116)
|
-
|
(453)
|
(5)
|
(54)
|
-
|
(452)
|
-
|
(1,133)
|
Recoveries
|
10
|
106
|
-
|
105
|
1
|
32
|
-
|
168
|
-
|
422
|
Provision
|
52
|
(477)
|
(103)
|
433
|
15
|
74
|
-
|
290
|
506
|
790
|
Ending
balance
|
$813
|
1,325
|
1,177
|
1,278
|
83
|
626
|
-
|
161
|
982
|
6,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance: individually
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
$-
|
-
|
1,023
|
15
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1,038
|
Ending
balance: collectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
813
|
1,325
|
154
|
1,263
|
83
|
626
|
-
|
161
|
982
|
5,407
|
Ending
balance
|
$813
|
1,325
|
1,177
|
1,278
|
83
|
626
|
-
|
161
|
982
|
6,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance
|
$94,178
|
252,983
|
34,261
|
270,055
|
33,163
|
97,465
|
926
|
20,992
|
-
|
804,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance: individually
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
$96
|
1,779
|
14,310
|
1,673
|
-
|
89
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
17,947
|
Ending
balance: collectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated for
impairment
|
$94,082
|
251,204
|
19,951
|
268,382
|
33,163
|
97,376
|
926
|
20,992
|
-
|
786,076
|
The
Bank utilizes an internal risk grading matrix to assign a risk
grade to each of its loans. Loans are graded on a scale of 1 to 8.
These risk grades are evaluated on an ongoing basis. A description
of the general characteristics of the eight risk grades is as
follows:
●
Risk Grade 1
– Excellent Quality: Loans are well above average quality and
a minimal amount of credit risk exists. CD or cash secured loans or
properly margined actively traded stock or bond secured loans would
fall in this grade.
●
Risk Grade 2
– High Quality: Loans are of good quality with risk levels
well within the Company’s range of acceptability. The
organization or individual is established with a history of
successful performance though somewhat susceptible to economic
changes.
●
Risk Grade 3
– Good Quality: Loans of average quality with risk levels
within the Company’s range of acceptability but higher than
normal. This may be a new organization or an existing organization
in a transitional phase (e.g. expansion, acquisition, market
change).
●
Risk Grade 4
– Management Attention: These loans have higher risk and
servicing needs but still are acceptable. Evidence of marginal
performance or deteriorating trends is observed. These are not
problem credits presently, but may be in the future if the borrower
is unable to change its present course.
●
Risk Grade 5
– Watch: These loans are currently performing satisfactorily,
but there has been some recent past due history on repayment and
there are potential weaknesses that may, if not corrected, weaken
the asset or inadequately protect the Company’s position at
some future date.
●
Risk Grade 6
– Substandard: A Substandard loan is inadequately protected
by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor
or the collateral pledged (if there is any). There is a
well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation
of the debt. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will
sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not
corrected.
●
Risk Grade 7
– Doubtful: Loans classified as Doubtful have all the
weaknesses inherent in loans classified Substandard, plus the added
characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation
in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and
values highly questionable and improbable. Doubtful is a temporary
grade where a loss is expected but is presently not quantified with
any degree of accuracy. Once the loss position is determined, the
amount is charged off.
●
Risk Grade 8
– Loss: Loans classified as Loss
are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their
continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This
classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no
recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or
desirable to defer writing off this worthless loan even though
partial recovery may be realized in the future. Loss is a temporary
grade until the appropriate authority is obtained to charge the
loan off.
The
following tables present the credit risk profile of each loan type
based on internally assigned risk grades as of December 31, 2020
and 2019.
December
31, 2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction and Land Development
|
Single-Family Residential
|
Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
non-traditional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1- Excellent
Quality
|
$228
|
9,867
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
406
|
-
|
678
|
-
|
11,179
|
2- High
Quality
|
9,092
|
121,331
|
-
|
40,569
|
22
|
19,187
|
-
|
2,237
|
1,563
|
194,001
|
3- Good
Quality
|
76,897
|
115,109
|
10,170
|
241,273
|
44,890
|
128,727
|
832
|
3,826
|
1,477
|
623,201
|
4- Management
Attention
|
4,917
|
20,012
|
12,312
|
39,370
|
3,274
|
11,571
|
23
|
336
|
708
|
92,523
|
5-
Watch
|
2,906
|
2,947
|
1,901
|
10,871
|
694
|
1,583
|
-
|
6
|
-
|
20,908
|
6-
Substandard
|
84
|
3,059
|
2,500
|
888
|
-
|
266
|
-
|
30
|
-
|
6,827
|
7-
Doubtful
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
8-
Loss
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
|
$94,124
|
272,325
|
26,883
|
332,971
|
48,880
|
161,740
|
855
|
7,113
|
3,748
|
948,639
|
December
31, 2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction and Land Development
|
Single-Family Residential
|
Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente
non-traditional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1- Excellent
Quality
|
$-
|
8,819
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
330
|
-
|
693
|
-
|
9,842
|
2- High
Quality
|
32,029
|
128,757
|
-
|
21,829
|
256
|
20,480
|
-
|
2,708
|
1,860
|
207,919
|
3- Good
Quality
|
52,009
|
107,246
|
12,103
|
231,003
|
42,527
|
72,417
|
948
|
4,517
|
5,352
|
528,122
|
4- Management
Attention
|
5,487
|
18,409
|
13,737
|
35,095
|
4,764
|
6,420
|
85
|
458
|
725
|
85,180
|
5-
Watch
|
3,007
|
3,196
|
2,027
|
3,072
|
543
|
492
|
-
|
8
|
-
|
12,345
|
6-
Substandard
|
64
|
3,048
|
2,926
|
256
|
-
|
124
|
-
|
48
|
-
|
6,466
|
7-
Doubtful
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
8-
Loss
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Total
|
$92,596
|
269,475
|
30,793
|
291,255
|
48,090
|
100,263
|
1,033
|
8,432
|
7,937
|
849,874
|
TDR
loans modified in 2020, past due TDR loans and non-accrual TDR
loans totaled $3.8 million and $4.3 million at December 31, 2020
and December 31, 2019, respectively. The terms of these loans have
been renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms,
including a reduction in principal or interest as a result of the
deteriorating financial position of the borrower. There were no
performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019.
There
were no new TDR modifications during the years ended December 31,
2020 and 2019.
There
were no TDR loans with a payment default occurring within 12 months
of the restructure date, and the payment default occurring during
the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. TDR loans are deemed to
be in default if they become past due by 90 days or
more.
At
December 31, 2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications
as a result of COVID-19 was $18.3 million, the balance of loans
under the terms of a first modification was $12.6 million, and the
balance of outstanding loans under the terms of a second
modification was $5.7 million. The Company continues to track all
loans that are currently modified or have been modified under
COVID-19. At December 31, 2020, the balance for all loans that are
currently modified or were modified during 2020 but have returned
to their original terms was $119.6 million. Of all loans modified
as a result of COVID-19, $101.3 million of these loans have
returned to their original terms; however, the effects of stimulus
in the current environment are still unknown, and additional losses
may be currently present in loans that are currently modified and
that were once modified. These payment modifications are primarily
interest only payments for three to nine months. Loan payment
modifications associated with the COVID-19 pandemic are not
classified as TDR due to Section 4013 of the CARES Act, which
provides that a qualified loan modification is exempt by law from
classification as a TDR pursuant to GAAP.
(4)
Premises
and Equipment
Major
classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2020 and
2019 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
$3,970
|
3,690
|
Buildings
and improvements
|
18,804
|
18,034
|
Furniture
and equipment
|
26,565
|
24,743
|
Construction
in process
|
10
|
395
|
|
|
|
Total
premises and equipment
|
49,349
|
46,862
|
|
|
|
Less
accumulated depreciation
|
30,749
|
28,258
|
|
|
|
Total
net premises and equipment
|
$18,600
|
18,604
|
The
Company recognized depreciation expense totaling $2.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 2020 and $2.3 million for the years
ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
The
Company had no gains or losses on the sale of or write-downs on
premises and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2020. The
Company has $239,000 net losses on the sale of and write-downs on
premises and equipment for the year ended December 31,
2019.
The
Company leases various office spaces for banking and operational
facilities and equipment under operating lease
arrangements.
Total
rent expense was approximately $880,000, $949,000 and $785,000 for
the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018,
respectively.
As of
December 31, 2020, the Company had operating ROU assets of $3.4
million and operating lease liabilities of $3.5 million. The
Company maintains operating leases on land and buildings for some
of the Bank’s branch facilities and loan production offices.
Most leases include one option to renew, with renewal terms
extending up to 15 years. The exercise of renewal options is based
on the judgment of management as to whether or not the renewal
option is reasonably certain to be exercised. Factors in
determining whether an option is reasonably certain of exercise
include, but are not limited to, the value of leasehold
improvements, the value of renewal rates compared to market rates,
and the presence of factors that would cause a significant economic
penalty to the Company if the option is not exercised. As allowed
by the standard, leases with a term of 12 months or less are not
recorded on the balance sheet and instead are recognized in lease
expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The
following table presents lease cost and other lease information as
of December 31, 2020.
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
lease cost $
|
855
|
|
|
Other
information:
|
|
Cash
paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease
liabilities
|
833
|
Operating
cash flows from operating leases
|
-
|
Right-of-use
assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities - operating
leases
|
942
|
Weighted-average
remaining lease term - operating leases
|
6.95
|
Weighted-average
discount rate - operating leases
|
2.69%
|
The
following table presents lease maturities as of December 31,
2020.
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Maturity
Analysis of Operating Lease Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
2021
|
$754
|
2022
|
588
|
2023
|
567
|
2024
|
489
|
2025
|
433
|
Thereafter
|
1,041
|
Total
|
3,872
|
Less:
Imputed Interest
|
(401)
|
Operating
Lease Liability
|
$3,471
|
At
December 31, 2020, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as
follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
2021
|
$57,475
|
2022
|
19,235
|
2023
|
14,815
|
2024
|
10,926
|
2025
and thereafter
|
3,821
|
|
|
Total
|
$106,272
|
At
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank had approximately $12.4
million and $22.3 million, respectively, in time deposits purchased
through third party brokers, including certificates of deposit participated
through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service
(“CDARS”) on behalf of local customers. CDARS balances
totaled $4.3 million and $3.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and
2019, respectively. The weighted average rate of brokered
deposits as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 1.43% and 1.96%,
respectively.
(7)
Federal
Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings
The
Bank had no borrowings from the FHLB at December 31, 2020 and 2019.
FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all
residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and
loans secured by multi-family real estate that the Bank owns. At
December 31, 2020, the carrying value of loans pledged as
collateral totaled approximately $165.1 million. The remaining
availability under the line of credit with the FHLB was $111.4
million at December 31, 2020. The Bank incurred a $1.1 million
prepayment penalty on the prepayment of a $70.0 million FHLB
advance in 2020.
The
Bank is required to purchase and hold certain amounts of FHLB stock
in order to obtain FHLB borrowings. No ready market exists for the
FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value. The stock is
redeemable at $100 per share subject to certain limitations set by
the FHLB. The Bank owned $1.0 million and $983,000 of FHLB stock,
included in other investments, at December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
As of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank had no borrowings from the
Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). FRB borrowings are
collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that
the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB. At December 31,
2020, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled
approximately $469.5 million. Availability under the line of credit
with the FRB was $340.0 million at December 31, 2020.
(8)
Junior
Subordinated Debentures
In June
2006, the Company formed a second wholly owned Delaware statutory
trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which
issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests
in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest
debentures. All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned
by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the common
securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK
Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated
debentures of the Company. The proceeds received by the Company
from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to
repay in December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued in
December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware
statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes. The
debentures represent the sole assets of PEBK Trust II. PEBK Trust
II is not included in the consolidated financial
statements.
The
trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay
interest quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163
basis points. The Company has guaranteed distributions and other
payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK
Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions
and other payments. The net combined effect of all the documents
entered into in connection with the trust preferred securities is
that the Company is liable to make the distributions and other
payments required on the trust preferred securities.
These
trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity
of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as
provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the
debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which
became effective on June 28, 2011. As specified in the indenture,
if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption
price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid
interest.
The
Company redeemed $5.0 million of outstanding trust preferred
securities in December 2019.
The
provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
expense
|
$3,049
|
2,972
|
2,546
|
Deferred
income tax expense
|
(560)
|
164
|
78
|
Total
income tax
|
$2,489
|
3,136
|
2,624
|
The
differences between the provision for income taxes and the amount
computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to
earnings before income taxes are as follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax
expense at statutory rate
|
$2,908
|
3,613
|
3,361
|
State
income tax, net of federal income tax effect
|
261
|
351
|
358
|
Tax-exempt
interest income
|
(649)
|
(802)
|
(990)
|
Increase
in cash surrender value of life insurance
|
(80)
|
(81)
|
(81)
|
Nondeductible
interest and other expense
|
46
|
40
|
23
|
Other
|
3
|
15
|
(47)
|
Total
|
$2,489
|
3,136
|
2,624
|
The following
summarizes the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise
to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities. The net deferred tax asset is included as a
component of other assets at December 31, 2020 and
2019.
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
tax assets:
|
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
$2,276
|
1,535
|
Accrued
retirement expense
|
1,190
|
1,150
|
Restricted
stock
|
190
|
217
|
Accrued
bonuses
|
-
|
265
|
Interest
income on nonaccrual loans
|
1
|
2
|
Lease
liability
|
798
|
838
|
Total
gross deferred tax assets
|
4,455
|
4,007
|
|
|
|
Deferred
tax liabilities:
|
|
|
Deferred
loan fees
|
284
|
343
|
Accumulated
depreciation
|
873
|
873
|
Prepaid
expenses
|
5
|
7
|
ROU
Asset
|
787
|
832
|
Other
|
41
|
47
|
Unrealized
gain on available for sale securities
|
1,611
|
1,087
|
Total
gross deferred tax liabilities
|
3,601
|
3,189
|
|
|
|
Net
deferred tax asset
|
$854
|
818
|
The
Company has analyzed the tax positions taken or expected to be
taken in its tax returns and has concluded that it has no liability
related to uncertain tax positions.
The
Company’s Federal income tax filings for years 2017 through
2020 were at year end 2020 open to audit under statutes of
limitations by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company’s
North Carolina income tax returns are currently under audit for tax
year 2014-2016, tax years 2017, 2018 and 2019 are open to audit
under the statutes of limitations by the North Carolina Department
of Revenue.
(10)
Related
Party Transactions
The
Company conducts transactions with its directors and executive
officers, including companies in which they have beneficial
interests, in the normal course of business. It is the policy of
the Company that loan transactions with directors and officers are
made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the
time made for comparable loans to other persons. The following is a
summary of activity for related party loans for 2020 and
2019:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
balance
|
$3,472
|
3,192
|
New
loans
|
4,189
|
5,716
|
Repayments
|
(5,809)
|
(5,436)
|
Ending
balance
|
$1,852
|
3,472
|
At
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had deposit relationships
with related parties of approximately $44.5 million and $30.4
million, respectively.
A
director of the Company has a membership interest in a company that
previously leased two branch facilities to the Bank. The Bank
purchased these branch facilities in September 2020.The
Bank’s lease payments for these facilities totaled $173,000
and $231,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
(11)
Commitments
and Contingencies
The
Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk
in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its
customers. These financial instruments include commitments to
extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees.
Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit
risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The
contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of
involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial
instruments.
The
exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other
party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit
and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is
represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The
Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and
conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet
instruments.
In most
cases, the Bank requires collateral or other security to support
financial instruments with credit risk.
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
instruments whose contract amount represent credit
risk:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
to extend credit
|
$299,039
|
276,338
|
|
|
|
Standby
letters of credit and financial guarantees written
|
$4,745
|
3,558
|
Commitments to
extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there
is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and because they
may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount of
$303.8 million does not necessarily represent future cash
requirements.
Standby
letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional
commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a
customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to
businesses in the Bank’s delineated market area. The credit
risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same
as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The
Bank holds real estate, equipment, automobiles and customer
deposits as collateral supporting those commitments for which
collateral is deemed necessary.
In the
normal course of business, the Company is a party (both as
plaintiff and defendant) to a number of lawsuits. In the opinion of
management and counsel, none of these cases should have a material
adverse effect on the financial position of the
Company.
Bancorp
and the Bank have employment agreements with certain key employees.
The agreements, among other things, include salary, bonus,
incentive compensation, and change in control
provisions.
The
Company has $110.5 million available for the purchase of overnight
federal funds from five correspondent financial institutions as of
December 31, 2020.
At
December 31, 2017, the Bank committed to invest $3.0 million in an
income tax credit partnership owning and developing two multifamily
housing developments in Charlotte, North Carolina, with $1.5
million allocated to each property. The Bank has funded $2.8
million of this commitment at December 31, 2020.
(12)
Employee
and Director Benefit Programs
The
Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for the benefit of
substantially all employees subject to certain minimum age and
service requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, the Company matched
employee contributions to a maximum of 4.00% of annual compensation
in 2018, 2019 and 2020. The Company’s contribution pursuant
to this formula was approximately $692,000, $691,000 and $670,000
for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Investments of the 401(k) plan are determined by a committee
comprised of senior management. No investments in Company stock
have been made by the 401(k) plan. Contributions to the 401(k) plan
are vested immediately.
In
December 2001, the Company initiated a postretirement benefit plan
to provide retirement benefits to key officers and its Board of
Directors and to provide death benefits for their designated
beneficiaries. Under the postretirement benefit plan, the Company
purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the key officers
and each director. The increase in cash surrender value of the
contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the
postretirement benefit plan each year. Postretirement benefit plan
participants are to be paid annual benefits for a specified number
of years commencing upon retirement. Expenses incurred for benefits
relating to the postretirement benefit plan were approximately
$388,000, $361,000 and $423,000 for the years ended December 31,
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The
Company is currently paying medical benefits for certain retired
employees. The Company did not incur any postretirement medical
benefits expense in 2020, 2019 and 2018 due to an excess accrual
balance.
The
following table sets forth the change in the accumulated benefit
obligation for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans
described above:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit
obligation at beginning of period
|
$4,700
|
4,566
|
Service
cost
|
323
|
299
|
Interest
cost
|
63
|
58
|
Benefits
paid
|
(216)
|
(223)
|
|
|
|
Benefit
obligation at end of period
|
$4,870
|
4,700
|
The
amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance
Sheet as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are shown in the following
two tables:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit
obligation $
|
4,870
|
4,700
|
Fair
value of plan assets
|
-
|
-
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded
status
|
$(4,870)
|
(4,700)
|
Unrecognized
prior service cost/benefit
|
-
|
-
|
Unrecognized
net actuarial loss
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
|
Net
amount recognized
|
$(4,870)
|
(4,700)
|
|
|
|
Unfunded
accrued liability
|
$(4,870)
|
(4,700)
|
Intangible
assets
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
|
Net
amount recognized
|
$(4,870)
|
(4,700)
|
Net
periodic benefit cost of the Company’s postretirement benefit
plans for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
consisted of the following:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
cost
|
$323
|
299
|
362
|
Interest
cost
|
63
|
58
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
Net
periodic cost
|
$386
|
357
|
432
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average discount rate assumption
|
|
|
|
used
to determine benefit obligation
|
5.49%
|
5.49%
|
5.49%
|
The Company paid
benefits under the two postretirement plans totaling $216,000 and
$223,000 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. Information about the expected benefit payments for
the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans is as
follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Year ending December 31,
|
|
2021
|
$353
|
2022
|
$342
|
2023
|
$342
|
2024
|
$354
|
2025
|
$370
|
Thereafter
|
$8,345
|
The
Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements
administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet
minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and
possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if
undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the
Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy
guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective
action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that
involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and
certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are
also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about
components, risk weightings, and other factors.
Quantitative
measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of
capital in relation to both on- and off-balance sheet items at
various risk weights. Total capital consists of two tiers of
capital. Tier 1 capital includes common shareholders’ equity
and trust preferred securities less adjustments for intangible
assets. Tier 2 capital consists of the allowance for loan losses,
up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and other adjustments.
Management believes, as of December 31, 2020, that the Company and
the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are
subject.
As of
December 31, 2020, the most recent notification from the FDIC
categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory
framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well
capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1
risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table
below. There have been no conditions or events since that
notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s
category.
In
2013, the FRB approved its final rule on the Basel III capital
standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital
framework for banking organizations. The Basel III capital
standards, which became effective January 1, 2015, include new
risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were phased in from
2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable
to the Company and the Bank under the final rules are as follows:
(i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1
capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk based
capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a
Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules). An
additional capital conservation buffer was added to the minimum
requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1,
2016 and was phased in through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on
January 1, 2016 and each subsequent January 1, until it reached
2.5% on January 1, 2019). This resulted in the following minimum
ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio
of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total
capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, institutions would
be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share
repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level
falls below the buffer amount. These limitations establish a
maximum percentage of eligible retained earnings that could be
utilized for such actions.
The Company’s
and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are
presented below:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratio
|
Minimum Ratio plus Capital Conservation Buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, 2020:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
$159,407
|
16.07%
|
79,372
|
8.00%
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
$157,106
|
15.85%
|
79,283
|
8.00%
|
104,059
|
10.50%
|
Tier
1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
$149,499
|
15.07%
|
59,529
|
6.00%
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
$147,198
|
14.85%
|
59,462
|
6.00%
|
84,238
|
8.50%
|
Tier
1 Capital (to Average Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
$149,499
|
10.24%
|
58,378
|
4.00%
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
$147,198
|
10.04%
|
58,662
|
4.00%
|
58,662
|
4.00%
|
Common
Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
$134,499
|
13.56%
|
44,647
|
4.50%
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
$147,198
|
14.85%
|
44,597
|
4.50%
|
69,373
|
7.00%
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratio
|
Minimum Ratio plus Capital Conservation Buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, 2019:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
$152,156
|
16.08%
|
75,710
|
8.00%
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
$149,266
|
15.79%
|
75,602
|
8.00%
|
99,228
|
10.50%
|
Tier
1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
$145,476
|
15.37%
|
56,783
|
6.00%
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
$142,586
|
15.09%
|
56,702
|
6.00%
|
80,328
|
8.50%
|
Tier
1 Capital (to Average Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
$145,476
|
11.91%
|
48,872
|
4.00%
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
$142,586
|
11.61%
|
49,106
|
4.00%
|
49,106
|
4.00%
|
Common
Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
$130,476
|
13.79%
|
42,587
|
4.50%
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
$142,586
|
15.09%
|
42,526
|
4.50%
|
66,152
|
7.00%
|
(14)
Shareholders’
Equity
Shareholders’
equity was $139.9 million, or 9.89% of total assets, at December
31, 2020, compared to 134.1 million, or 11.61% of total assets, at
December 31, 2019. The increase in shareholders’ equity is
primarily due to an increase in retained earnings due to net
income.
Annualized return
on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 8.01%
compared to 10.45% for the year ended December 31, 2019. Total cash
dividends paid on common stock were $4.4 million and $3.9 million
for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
The
Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of
preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares. The Board is
authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers,
designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights. The
Board of Directors does not currently anticipate issuing shares of
preferred stock.
In
2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock
repurchase program, whereby up to $5 million will be allocated to
repurchase the Company’s common stock. Any purchases under
the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made
periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal
requirements in the open market or in privately-negotiated
transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares
will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its
evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock
repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from
time-to-time without prior notice.
The
Company has repurchased approximately $2.5 million, or 90,354
shares of its common stock, under this stock repurchase program as
of December 31, 2019.
In
2020, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock
repurchase program, whereby up to $3 million will be allocated to
repurchase the Company’s common stock. Any purchases under
the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made
periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal
requirements in the open market or in privately-negotiated
transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares
will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its
evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock
repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from
time-to-time without prior notice. The Company has repurchased
approximately $3.0 million, or 126,800 shares of its common stock,
under this stock repurchase program as of December 31,
2020.
(15)
Other
Operating Income and Expense
Miscellaneous
non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and
2018 included the following items:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Visa
debit card income
|
$4,237
|
4,145
|
3,911
|
Bank
owned life insurance income
|
380
|
383
|
384
|
Gain
(loss) on sale of premises and equipment
|
-
|
(239)
|
544
|
Other
|
1,315
|
1,320
|
1,354
|
|
$5,932
|
5,609
|
6,193
|
Other
non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018 included the following items:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM
expense
|
$567
|
579
|
542
|
Consulting
|
1,078
|
972
|
1,012
|
Data
processing
|
635
|
616
|
466
|
Deposit
program expense
|
426
|
515
|
586
|
Dues
and subscriptions
|
538
|
421
|
421
|
FHLB
advance prepayment penalty
|
1,100
|
-
|
-
|
Internet
banking expense
|
729
|
681
|
603
|
Office
supplies
|
538
|
467
|
503
|
Telephone
|
794
|
802
|
678
|
Other
|
2,139
|
2,921
|
2,834
|
|
$8,544
|
7,974
|
7,645
|
(16)
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The
Company is required to disclose fair value information about
financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the
balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value.
The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the
Company’s financial instruments are detailed below. Where
quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The use
of discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the
assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of
future cash flows. The following disclosures should not be
considered a surrogate of the liquidation value of the Company, but
rather a good faith estimate of the increase or decrease in the
value of financial instruments held by the Company since purchase,
origination, or issuance.
The
Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three
levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities
are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine
fair value. These levels are:
●
Level 1 –
Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments
traded in active markets.
●
Level 2 –
Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in
active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments
in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation
techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in
the market.
●
Level 3 –
Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at
least one significant assumption not observable in the market.
These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions
that market participants would use in pricing the asset or
liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing
models, discounted cash flow models and similar
techniques.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For
cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits, the carrying
amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Cash and cash
equivalents are reported in the Level 1 fair value
category.
Investment Securities Available for Sale
Fair
values of investment securities available for sale are determined
by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities
exchanges when available. If quoted prices are not available, fair
value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical
technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities
without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific
securities but rather by relying on the securities’
relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Fair values for
investment securities with quoted market prices are reported in the
Level 1 fair value category. Fair value measurements obtained from
independent pricing services are reported in the Level 2 fair value
category. All other fair value measurements are reported in the
Level 3 fair value category.
Other Investments
For
other investments, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of
fair value. Other investments are reported in the Level 3 fair
value category.
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held
for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value.
The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market
value. Mortgage loans held for sale are reported in the Level 3
fair value category.
Loans
The
fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the
future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans
would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. For
variable rate loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value. Loans are reported in the Level 3 fair value
category, as the pricing of loans is more subjective than the
pricing of other financial instruments.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
For
cash surrender value of life insurance, the carrying value is a
reasonable estimate of fair value. Cash surrender value of life
insurance is reported in the Level 2 fair value
category.
Other Real Estate
The
fair value of other real estate is based upon independent market
prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s
estimation of the value of the collateral. Other real estate is
reported in the Level 3 fair value category.
Deposits
The
fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits and
savings is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The
fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting
the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for
deposits of similar remaining maturities. Deposits are reported in
the Level 2 fair value category.
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
For
securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value
is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Securities sold under
agreements to repurchase are reported in the Level 2 fair value
category.
FHLB Borrowings
The
fair value of FHLB borrowings is estimated based upon discounted
future cash flows using a discount rate comparable to the current
market rate for such borrowings. FHLB borrowings are reported in
the Level 2 fair value category.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
Because
the Company’s junior subordinated debentures were issued at a
floating rate, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair
value. Junior subordinated debentures are reported in the Level 2
fair value category.
Commitments
to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit
Commitments to
extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally
short-term and at variable interest rates. Therefore, both the
carrying value and estimated fair value associated with these
instruments are immaterial.
Limitations
Fair
value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on
relevant market information and information about the financial
instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount
that could result from offering for sale at one time the
Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial
instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of
the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are
based on many judgments. These estimates are subjective in nature
and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and
therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in
assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Fair
value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet
financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of
anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities
that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets
and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments
include deferred income taxes and premises and equipment. In
addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of
unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair
value estimates and have not been considered in the
estimates.
The
fair value presentation for recurring assets is presented in Note
2. There were no recurring liabilities at December 31, 2020 and
2019. The fair value presentation for non-recurring assets is
presented in Note 3. There were no non-recurring liabilities at
December 31, 2020 and 2019. The carrying amount and estimated fair
value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31,
2020 and 2019 are as follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
$161,580
|
161,580
|
-
|
-
|
161,580
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
$245,249
|
-
|
245,249
|
-
|
245,249
|
Other
investments
|
$4,155
|
-
|
-
|
4,155
|
4,155
|
Mortgage
loans held for sale
|
$9,139
|
-
|
-
|
9,139
|
9,139
|
Loans,
net
|
$938,731
|
-
|
-
|
924,845
|
924,845
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
$16,968
|
-
|
16,968
|
-
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
$1,221,086
|
-
|
-
|
1,216,503
|
1,216,503
|
Securities
sold under agreements
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
repurchase
|
$26,201
|
-
|
26,201
|
-
|
26,201
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
$15,464
|
-
|
15,464
|
-
|
15,464
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
$52,387
|
52,387
|
-
|
-
|
52,387
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
$195,746
|
-
|
195,496
|
250
|
195,746
|
Other
investments
|
$4,231
|
-
|
-
|
4,231
|
4,231
|
Mortgage
loans held for sale
|
$4,417
|
-
|
-
|
4,417
|
4,417
|
Loans,
net
|
$843,194
|
-
|
-
|
819,397
|
819,397
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
$16,319
|
-
|
16,319
|
-
|
16,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
$966,517
|
-
|
-
|
955,766
|
955,766
|
Securities
sold under agreements
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
repurchase
|
$24,221
|
-
|
24,221
|
-
|
24,221
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
$15,619
|
-
|
15,619
|
-
|
15,619
|
(17)
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (Parent Company Only) Condensed
Financial Statements
Balance Sheets
December 31, 2020 and 2019
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
$664
|
1,187
|
Interest-bearing
time deposit
|
1,000
|
1,000
|
Investment
in subsidiaries
|
152,598
|
146,230
|
Investment
in PEBK Capital Trust II
|
464
|
619
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
-
|
250
|
Other
assets
|
650
|
476
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
$155,376
|
149,762
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
and Shareholders' Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
$15,464
|
15,619
|
Liabilities
|
13
|
23
|
Shareholders'
equity
|
139,899
|
134,120
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and shareholders' equity
|
$155,376
|
149,762
|
Statements of Earnings
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
and dividend income
|
$7,539
|
12,850
|
4,544
|
|
|
|
|
Total
revenues
|
7,539
|
12,850
|
4,544
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
370
|
844
|
790
|
Other
operating expenses
|
625
|
629
|
678
|
|
|
|
|
Total
expenses
|
995
|
1,473
|
1,468
|
|
|
|
|
Income
before income tax benefit and equity in
|
|
|
|
undistributed
earnings of subsidiaries
|
6,544
|
11,377
|
3,076
|
|
|
|
|
Income
tax benefit
|
201
|
299
|
299
|
|
|
|
|
Income
before equity in undistributed
|
|
|
|
earnings
of subsidiaries
|
6,745
|
11,676
|
3,375
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
|
4,612
|
2,391
|
10,007
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$11,357
|
14,067
|
13,382
|
Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$11,357
|
14,067
|
13,382
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net earnings to net
|
|
|
|
cash
provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
Equity
in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
|
(4,612)
|
(2,391)
|
(10,007)
|
Change
in:
|
|
|
|
Other
assets
|
(19)
|
57
|
13
|
Other
liabilities
|
(10)
|
(13)
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by operating activities
|
6,716
|
11,720
|
3,394
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from calls and maturities of investment securities
|
|
|
|
available
for sale
|
250
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by investing activities
|
250
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment
of junior subordinated debentures
|
(155)
|
(5,000)
|
-
|
Cash
dividends paid on common stock
|
(4,392)
|
(3,939)
|
(3,133)
|
Stock
repurchase
|
(2,999)
|
(2,490)
|
-
|
Proceeds
from exercise of restricted stock units
|
57
|
207
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash used by financing activities
|
(7,489)
|
(11,222)
|
(3,133)
|
|
|
|
|
Net
change in cash
|
(523)
|
498
|
261
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
at beginning of year
|
1,187
|
689
|
428
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
at end of year
|
$664
|
1,187
|
689
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash
investing and financing activities:
|
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized gain on investment securities
|
|
|
|
available
for sale, net
|
$1,756
|
2,658
|
(2,607)
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest
income
|
$12,250
|
11,638
|
11,868
|
12,202
|
$12,183
|
12,375
|
12,430
|
12,613
|
Total interest
expense
|
1,041
|
912
|
942
|
941
|
757
|
781
|
994
|
1,225
|
Net interest income
|
11,209
|
10,726
|
10,926
|
11,261
|
11,426
|
11,594
|
11,436
|
11,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for
loan losses
|
1,521
|
1,417
|
522
|
799
|
178
|
77
|
422
|
186
|
Other
income
|
4,595
|
5,239
|
7,132
|
5,948
|
4,120
|
4,385
|
4,708
|
4,526
|
Other
expense
|
11,449
|
11,452
|
11,914
|
14,116
|
10,916
|
11,244
|
11,267
|
12,090
|
Income before income taxes
|
2,834
|
3,096
|
5,622
|
2,294
|
4,452
|
4,658
|
4,455
|
3,638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax
expense
|
467
|
535
|
1,113
|
374
|
785
|
845
|
834
|
672
|
Net earnings
|
2,367
|
2,561
|
4,509
|
1,920
|
3,667
|
3,813
|
3,621
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net earnings per share
|
$0.40
|
0.44
|
0.78
|
0.33
|
$0.61
|
0.64
|
0.62
|
0.50
|
Diluted net earnings per share
|
$0.40
|
0.44
|
0.78
|
0.33
|
$0.61
|
0.64
|
0.61
|
0.50
|
The
Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events and
transactions for material subsequent events through the date the
financial statements are issued.
On
December 27, 2020, the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses,
Nonprofits and Venues Act (the “Economic Aid Act”)
became law. The Economic Aid Act reopened and expanded the PPP loan
program through March 31, 2021. The changes to the PPP program
allow new borrowers to apply for a loan under the original PPP loan
program and the creation of an additional PPP loan for eligible
borrowers. The Economic Aid Act also revises certain PPP
requirements, including aspects of loan forgiveness on existing PPP
loans. As of March 12, 2021, the Bank had originated $17.9
million in PPP loans under the expanded PPP loan program. The
Bank expects to receive approximately $967,000 in fees from the SBA
for PPP loans originated under the expanded PPP loan program as of
March 12, 2021.
The
outstanding balance of PPP loans originated in 2020 was $55.7
million at March 12, 2021, as compared to $75.8 million at December
31, 2020. The decrease from December 31, 2020 to March 12,
2021 was primarily due to PPP loans being forgiven by the
SBA.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
DIRECTORS
Robert C. Abernethy – Chairman
Chairman
of the Board, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Peoples
Bank;
President,
Secretary and Treasurer, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove
manufacturer)
Secretary
and Assistant Treasurer, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving
company)
James S. Abernethy
Vice
President, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove
manufacturer)
President
and Assistant Secretary, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving
company)
Vice
President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors,
Alexander Railroad Company
Douglas S. Howard
Vice
President and Treasurer, Denver Equipment Company of Charlotte,
Inc.
John W. Lineberger, Jr.
President,
Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company (commercial warehousing
facility)
Gary E. Matthews
President
and Director, Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (general
contractor)
Billy L. Price, Jr. MD
Practitioner
of Internal Medicine, BL Price Jr. Medical Consultants,
PLLC
Larry E. Robinson
Shareholder,
Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, The
Blue Ridge Distributing Co., Inc. (beer and wine
distributor)
Director
and member of the Board of Directors, United Beverages of North
Carolina, LLC (beer distributor)
William Gregory (Greg) Terry
President,
Hole-In-One Advantage, LLC
Director/Consultant,
Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Timmerman Manufacturing,
Inc. (wrought iron furniture, railings and gates
manufacturer)
Benjamin I. Zachary
President,
Treasurer, General Manager and Director, Alexander Railroad
Company
OFFICERS
Lance A. Sellers
President
and Chief Executive Officer
Jeffrey N. Hooper
Executive
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Treasurer and
Assistant Corporate Secretary
William D. Cable, Sr.
Executive
Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Assistant Corporate
Treasurer
EXHIBIT (21)
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
A list
of subsidiaries is contained in Part I, Item 1 Business under the
section titled “Subsidiaries” and is incorporated
herein by reference.
EXHIBIT (23)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING
FIRM
We
consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements (No. 333-43426 on Form S 3, effective August 10, 2000
and No. 333-46860 on Form S-8, effective September 28, 2000) of
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. of our report dated March
19, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements,
appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of
North Carolina, Inc. for the year ended December 31,
2020.
/s/
Elliott Davis, PLLC
Charlotte,
North Carolina
March
19, 2021
EXHIBIT (31)(i)
CERTIFICATIONS
I,
Lance A. Sellers, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed
this annual report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North
Carolina, Inc.;
2.
Based on my
knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;
3.
Based on my
knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in
this report;
4.
The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible
for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such
disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;
b)
designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;
c)
evaluated the
effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the
end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and
d)
disclosed in this
report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5.
The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed,
based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the
audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
all significant
deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and
b)
any fraud, whether
or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
March 19, 2021
|
By:
|
/s/ Lance A.
Sellers
|
|
Date
|
|
Lance A.
Sellers
|
|
|
|
President and Chief
Executive Officer
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
EXHIBIT (31)(ii)
CERTIFICATIONS
I,
Jeffrey N. Hooper, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed
this annual report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North
Carolina, Inc.;
2.
Based on my
knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;
3.
Based on my
knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in
this report;
4.
The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible
for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such
disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;
b)
designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;
c)
evaluated the
effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the
end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation ;
and
d)
disclosed in this
report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5.
The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed,
based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the
audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
all significant
deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and
b)
any fraud, whether
or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
March 19, 2021
|
By:
|
/s/
Jeffrey
N. Hooper
|
|
Date
|
|
Jeffrey N.
Hooper
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal
Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
EXHIBIT (32)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. § 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In
connection with the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North
Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the
period ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”),
each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, that, to the best knowledge of the
undersigned:
(1)
The Report fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of
1934; and
(2)
The information
contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company.
March 19, 2021
|
By:
|
/s/ Lance A.
Sellers
|
|
Date
|
|
Lance A.
Sellers
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 19, 2021
|
By:
|
/s/
Jeffrey
N. Hooper
|
|
Date
|
|
Jeffrey N.
Hooper
|
|
|
|
|
|